is 1570

© BIS 2003

B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D SMANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978(Reaffirmed 1998)

Edition 2.1(1981-01)

Price Group 4

Indian StandardSCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/ORYIELD PROPERTIES

( First Revision )(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)

UDC 669.14.018.295(083.4)

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

© BIS 2003

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

This publication is protected under the Indian Copyright Act (XIV of 1957) andreproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of thepublisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.



( First Revision )

Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19

Chairman Representing

DR G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant),Durgapur

Members

SHRI A. N. BISWAS Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah

SHRI S. K. BASU ( Alternate )

SHRI B. C. BISWAS National Test House, Calcutta

SHRI A. M. BISWAS ( Alternate )

SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate )

SHRI P. K. CHATTERJEE Ministry of Defence (DGI)

SHRI P. K. GANGOPADHYAY ( Alternate )

SHRI K. M. CHAUDHURY National Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR),Jamshedpur

SHRI DASARATHA The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati

SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ ( Alternate )

SHRI S. V. DATAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari

SHRI M. K. GHOSH ( Alternate )

SHRI A. D. DIAS The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay

SHRI M. K. DATTA Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant),Durgapur

SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate )

SHRI S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals(Inspection Wing), New Delhi

SHRI P. K. GYNE ( Alternate )

( Continued on page 2 )

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

2

( Continued from page 1 )Members Representing

JOINT DIRECTOR (MET) RESEARCH DESIGNS AND STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

Ministry of Railways

DEPUTY DIRECTOR (MET-II)RDSO ( Alternate )

SHRI S. R. KHARE Indian Register of Shipping, BombaySHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Alternate )

SHRI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, PuneSHRI S. S. LAKKUNDI ( Alternate )

DR D. P. LAHIRI Ministry of Defence (R & D), New DelhiSHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Alternate )

SHRI K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, RanchiSHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )

SHRI L. MISHRA Director General of Technical Development,New Delhi

SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Alternate )SHRI A. PADMANABHAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, MadrasSHRI I. M. PAI Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane

SHRI B. M. PAI ( Alternate )DR R. V. PATHY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; and Alloy

Steel Producers’ Association of India, BombaySHRI R. NARAYANA ( Alternate )Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay

SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Iron & Steel Control, CalcuttaSHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )

DR V. RAMASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and Steel(SAIL), Ranchi

SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Alternate )SHRI M. RANGASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore

SHRI SANJIT SEN ( Alternate-I )SHRI P. RAMA PRASAD ( Alternate-II )

SHRI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,Jamshedpur

DR S. K. MONDAL ( Alternate )SHRI D. SRINIVASAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta

DR S. K. CHATTERJEE ( Alternate )SHRI Y. C. SUBRAHMANYA Ministry of Defence (DGOF)SHRI K. S. VAIDYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Alternate )SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO,

Director (Struc & Met)Director General, BIS ( Ex-officio Member )

SecretarySHRI VIJAY KUMAR

Assistant Director (Metals), ISISubcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steels

for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5Convener

SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, JamshedpurMembers

SHRI S. K. BASU Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah( Continued on page 15 )

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

3



( First Revision )0. F O R E W O R D

0.1 This Indian Standard (Part I) (First Revision) was adopted by theIndian Standards Institution on 20 November 1978, after the draftfinalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committeehad been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes(IS : 1570-1961) was first published in 1961. On the basis of theexperience gained in the production and use of steels, the SectionalCommittee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts.The other parts of the standard are as follows:*

0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with

IS : 1762 (Part I)-1974†. However, for the sake of easyidentification old designations are also given within brackets.

b) Grades St 39, St 44, St 47, St 52, St 58 and St 66 given inIS : 1570-1961 have been deleted as the tensile ranges covered bythese grades are already available in grades St 37, St 42, St 50,St 55 and St 63. A new grade St 70 has been added to cover thevalues of tensile between St 63 and St 78.

Part II Carbon steels

Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cuttingsteels

Part IV Alloy steels (excluding stainless andheat-resisting steels)

Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*

Part VI Tool steels

*Already published as IS : 1570 (Part V)-1972.†Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

4

c) Each grade of steel has been sub-divided into two sub-grades, onewith a low yield to tensile ratio and the other with a high yield totensile ratio. These ratios have been fixed after consulting therelevant Indian Standards and ISO Recommendations.

0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus.These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standardranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designatingsteel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel makingpractice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix A forinformation.

0.5 Although both yield and tensile values have been specified inTable 1, the yield value should be ignored if the specification is evolvedon the basis of tensile strength. Similarly the tensile strength shouldbe ignored if the specification is based on yield stress.

0.6 This edition 2.1 incorporates Amendment No. 1 (January 1981).Side bar indicates modification of the text as the result ofincorporation of the amendment.

0.7 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement ofthis standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated,expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off inaccordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant placesretained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of thespecified value in this standard.

1. SCOPE

1.1 This schedule (Part I) is applicable to carbon and low alloy steelswhich are put into service in the hot-rolled, normalized or annealedcondition in the form of plates, sections, bars, forgings and tubes, whenthe main criterion in the selection and inspection of the steel is eitherthe tensile strength or the yield stress which is used as a basis fordesign. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.

2. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE SCHEDULE

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existingstandards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The

*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ).

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

5

specification of mechanical properties different from those given inthis schedule should not be made unless special conditions of servicerender this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposeddeparture from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submittedto the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19,and its approval obtained.

2.2 In the case of steels belonging to this schedule it is not usual tospecify a detailed chemical composition, but the quality of the materialis controlled, where necessary, by specifying the maximum permissiblepercentage of sulphur and phosphorus. Since different levels ofsulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of theconditions in service, limits for these elements are not included in theschedule, but should be specified in a specification at levelsappropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service,etc. Where necessary, the type of steel, for example, killed, semi-killed,etc, should be included in the standard. In the case of killed andsemi-killed variety of steel, it would be necessary to specify the siliconcontent.

2.3 Where special factors, such as weldability, are involved, it may bedesirable to include a maximum limit on the carbon content in thespecification. In some structural steels, copper content is found to bebeneficial for increasing resistance to corrosion and, in such cases, thisshould be specified in the standard.

2.4 In addition to the tensile and yield stress, values for the specifiedminimum percentage elongation, corresponding to the standard tensileranges, are given in Table 1. These elongation values are based on agauge length of 5.65 which is now internationally accepted. If test

pieces of other than 5.65 gauge length are used, elongationconversions may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974*. For tensile tests ontubes, the specified percentage elongation should be based on theformula of 950 divided by the actual tensile strength when using agauge length equivalent to 5.65 or of 1 100 divided by the actual

tensile strength in kgf/mm2 when using a gauge length equivalent to4 .

*Method for elongation conversions for steel ( first revision ).

A

A

A

A

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

6

TABLE 1 TENSILE AND YIELD PROPERTIES OF STANDARD STEELS

( Clauses 0.5 and 2.4 )

NEW DESIGNATION [See IS : 1762

(PART I)- 1974*]

OLD DESIGNATION

TENSILE STRENGTH,

Min

YIELD STRESS,

Min

ELONGATION PERCENT,

Min (GAUGE LENGTH 5.65 )

REFERENCE TO INDIAN STANDARD‡

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

N/mm2† N/mm2†

Fe 290 (St 30) 290 170 27 —FeE 220 — 290 220 27 —Fe 310 (St 32) 310 180 26 IS : 432, IS : 1977,

IS : 1978, IS : 2831, IS : 6915

FeE 230 — 310 230 26 —Fe 330 (St 34) 330 200 26 IS : 1079, IS : 5986FeE 250 — 330 250 26 —Fe 360 (St 37) 360 220 25 IS : 1979, IS : 3503,

IS : 5272, IS : 5986FeE 270 — 360 270 25 —Fe 410 (St 42) 410 250 23 IS : 226, IS : 432,

IS : 1079, IS : 1148, IS : 1977, IS : 2062, IS : 2100, IS : 2830, IS : 2831, IS : 3039, IS : 3503, IS : 5986, IS : 6914, IS : 6915

FeE 310 — 410 310 23 —Fe 490 (St 50) 490 290 21 IS : 1079, IS : 3503,

IS : 8500FeE 370 — 490 370 21 —Fe 540 (St 55) 540 320 20 IS : 432, IS : 961,

IS : 8500FeE 400 — 540 400 20 —Fe 620 (St 63) 620 380 15 —FeE 460 — 620 460 15 —Fe 690 (St 70) 690 410 12 —FeE 520 — 690 520 12 —Fe 770 (St 78) 770 460 10 —FeE 580 — 770 580 10 —Fe 870 (St 88) 870 520 8 —FeE 650 — 870 650 8 —

*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).†1 kgf/mm2 = 9.81 N/mm2.‡See Appendix B for titles.

A

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

7

A P P E N D I X A( Clause 0.4 )

NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEELS

A-0. GENERAL

A-0.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft ISOproposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘Steel’ for formulation of aninternational standard. Details of the new designation system aregiven in IS : 1762 (Part I)-1974*.

A-1. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

A-1.1 These steels are carbon and low alloy steels where the maincriterion in the selection and inspection of steel is the tensile strengthor yield stress. In such cases, provided the specified mechanicalproperties are attained it is not usual to specify a detailed chemicalcomposition but the quality of the material is designated, wherenecessary, by specifying certain quality levels. Steels listed in thisSchedule, Part I fall in this category.

The designation of these steels consists of the following in the ordergiven:

a) Symbol ‘Fe’ or ‘FeE’ depending on whether the steel has beenspecified on the basis of minimum tensile strength or yieldstrength.

b) Figure indicating the minimum tensile strength or yield stress inN/mm2. If no minimum tensile strength or yield stress isguaranteed, the figure shall be 00.

c) Chemical symbols for elements the presence of whichcharacterize the steel.

d) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as follows:

1) Method of Deoxidation — Depending upon, whether the steel iskilled, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols

*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

8

shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:

NOTE — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of semi-killed type.

2) Steel Quality — The following symbols shall be used to indicatesteel quality:

Q1 — Non-ageing quality,

Q2 — Freedom from flakes,

Q3 — Grain size controlled,

Q4 — Inclusion controlled, and

Q5 — Internal homogeneity guaranteed.

3) Degree of Purity — The sulphur and phosphorus levels (ladleanalysis) shall be expressed as follows:

The above symbols use the letter ‘P’ followed by 1 000 times themaximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case themaximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same,the following procedure shall be followed:

Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:*

i) R for rimming steel; andii) K for killed steel.

Symbol Maximum Content in Percent

Phosphorus SulphurP25 0.025 0.025P35 0.035 0.035P50 0.050 0.050P70 0.070 0.070No symbol will mean

0.055 0.055

i) 1 000 times the maximum sulphur rounded off* to thenearest integer.

ii) 1 000 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to thenearest integer.

*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960 ‘Rules forrounding off numerical values ( revised ).

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

9

Example:

Designation: SP 44

4) Weldability Guarantee — Guaranteed weldability of steel asdetermined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser andthe supplier shall be indicated by the following symbols:

5) Resistance to Brittle Fracture — Symbol ‘B’, ‘B0’, ‘B2’ or ‘B4’indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of theV-notch Charpy impact test.

For steels B, B0, B2 and B4 a test should be made with CharpyV-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with thenotch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.

Steels B, B0, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notchCharpy impact value according to the following table:

Maximum sulphur = 0.045 percentMaximum phosphorus = 0.035 percent

W = Fusion weldable, andW1 = Weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable.

Steels Specified UTS Range

370 to 520 N/mm2 500 to 700 N/mm2

Energy Temperature Energy Temperature(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

J °C J °CB 28 27 40 27B0 28 0 28 – 10

40 0B2 28 – 20 28 – 30

40 – 20B4 28 – 40 28 – 50

40 – 40

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

10

6) Surface Condition — The following symbols shall be used toindicate surface condition:

S1 — Deseamed or scarfed;

S2 — Descaled;

S3 — Pickled (including washing and neutralizing);

S4 — Shot, grit or sand blasted;

S5 — Peeled (skinned);

S6 — Bright drawn or cold-rolled; and

S7 — Ground.Notes — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled oras-forged condition.

7) Formability ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) — The following symbolsshall be used to indicate drawability:

D1 — Drawing quality,

D2 — Deep drawing quality, and

D3 — Extra deep drawing quality.NOTE — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is commercial quality.

8) Surface Finish ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) — The followingsymbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:

F1 — General purpose finish,

F2 — Full finish,

F3 — Exposed,

F4 — Unexposed,

F5 — Matt finish,

F6 — Bright finish,

F7 — Plating finish,

F8 — Unpolished finish,

F9 — Polished finish,

F10 — Polished and coloured blue,

F11 — Polished and coloured yellow,

F12 — Mirror finish,

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

11

9) Treatment — The following symbols shall be used to indicate thetreatment given to the steel:*

NOTE — If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.

10) Elevated Temperature Properties — For guarantee with regardto elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘H’ shall be used.However, in the designation only the room temperatureproperties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shallbe intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.

11) Cryogenic Quality — For guarantee with regard to lowtemperature properties, the letter ‘L’ shall be used. However, onlythe room temperature properties shall be indicated in thedesignation.

Examples:

F13 — Vitreous enamel finish, and

F14 — Direct annealed finish.

T1 — Shot-peened,T2 — Hard-drawn,T3 — Normalized*,T4 — Controlled rolled,T5 — Annealed,T6 — Patented,T7 — Solution-treated,T8 — Solution-treated and aged,T9 — Controlled cooled,T10 — Bright annealed,T11 — Spherodized,T12 — Stress-relieved,T13 — Case-hardened*, andT14 — Hardened and tempered.

*Includes tempering, if done.

Fe 410 Cu K — Killed steel containing copper as alloying elementwith a minimum tensile strength of 410 N/mm2

FeE 300 P 35— Semi-killed steel with a minimum yield strengthof 300 N/mm2 and degree of purity as follows:

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

12

A P P E N D I X B

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED INCOLUMN 6 OF TABLE 1

S & P = 0.035 Max

Fe 470W — Steel with a minimum tensile strength of470 N/mm2 and of guaranteed fusion weldingquality

FeE 550 S6 — Bright drawn or cold rolled steel with a minimumyield strength of 550 N/mm2

Fe 00R — Rimming quality steel with no guarantee ofminimum tensile or yield strength

FeE 590 F7 — Sheet steel of plating finish and minimum yieldstrength of 590 N/mm2

Fe 510 Ba — Steel in annealed condition with a minimumtensile strength of 510 N/mm2 and resistance tobrittle fracture = B

Fe 710 H — Steel with guaranteed elevated temperatureproperties and a minimum room temperaturetensile strength of 710 N/mm2

Fe 410 Q1 — Semi-killed non-ageing quality steel with S &P = 0.055 Max and minimum tensile= 410 N/mm2

Fe 600 T4 — Semi-killed steel in controlled rolled conditionwith a minimum tensile strength of 600 N/mm2

Fe 520 L — Cryogenic quality steel with a minimum roomtemperature tensile strength of 520 N/mm2

Sl No. Title

1. IS : 226-1975 Specification for structural steel (standardquality) ( fifth revision )

2. IS : 432 (Part I)- 1966

Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars andhard drawn steel wire for concretereinforcement : Part I Mild steel and mediumtensile steel bars ( second revision )

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

13

3. IS : 432 ( Part II )- 1966

Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars andhard drawn steel wire for concretereinforcement : Part II Hard drawn steel wire( second revision )

4. IS : 961-1975 Specification for structural steel (high tensile)( second revision )

5. IS : 1079-1973 Specification for hot rolled carbon steel sheetand strip ( third revision )

6. IS : 1148-1973 Specification for rivet bars up to 40 mm forstructural purposes ( second revision )

7. IS : 1977-1975 Specification for structural steel (ordinaryquality) ( second revision )

8. IS : 1978-1971 Specification for line pipe ( first revision )

9. IS : 1979-1971 Specification for high test line pipe ( firstrevision )

10. IS : 2062-1969 Specification for structural steel (fusionwelding quality) ( first revision )

11. IS : 2100-1970 Specification for steel billets, bars and sectionsfor boilers ( first revision )

12. IS : 2830-1975 Specification for carbon steel billets, bloomsand slabs for re-rolling into structural steel(standard quality) ( first revision )

13. IS : 2831-1975 Specification for carbon steel billets, bloomsand slabs for re-rolling into structural steel(ordinary quality) ( first revision )

14. IS : 3039-1965 Specification for structural steel (shipbuildingquality)

15. IS : 3503-1966 Specification for steel for marine boilers,pressure vessels and welded machinerystructures

16. IS : 5272-1969 Carbon steel sheets for integral coaches

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

14

17. IS : 5986-1970 Hot rolled steel plates and flats for coldforming and flanging operations for automobileand general purposes

18. IS : 6914-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling intostructural steel (standard quality)

19. IS : 6915-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling intostructural steel (ordinary quality)

20. IS : 8500-1977 Specification for weldable structural steel(medium and high strength quality)

IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978

15

( Continued from page 2 )*

Members RepresentingSHRI P. K. CHATTERJEE Ministry of Defence (DGI)

SHRI M. K. SEN ( Alternate )SHRI M. K. DUTTA Alloy Steels Plant, Durgapur

SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate )JOINT DIRECTOR (MET) RESEARCH

DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

Ministry of Railways

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (MS) ( Alternate )DR N. KONDAL RAO Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay

SHRI K. BALARAMAMOORTHY ( Alternate )DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, RanchiDR R. V. PATHY* Alloy Steels Producers Association of India, BombaySHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Iron & Steel Control, CalcuttaSHRI R. C. PRASAD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )SHRI A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,

BombaySHRI A. R. V. SUBRAMANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, KhopoliDR G. VENKATARAMAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli

*Dr R. V. Pathy is also alternate to Shri A. R. V. Subramanian of Mahindra UgineSteel Co Ltd, Khopoli.

Bureau of Indian StandardsBIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promoteharmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification ofgoods and attending to connected matters in the country.

CopyrightBIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in anyform without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the courseof implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or gradedesignations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.

Review of Indian StandardsAmendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are alsoreviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicatesthat no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up forrevision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latestamendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : MonthlyAdditions’.This Indian Standard has been developed by Technical Committee : SMDC 19

Amendments Issued Since Publication

Amend No. Date of IssueAmd. No. 1 January 1981

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDSHeadquarters:

Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002.Telephones: 323 01 31, 323 33 75, 323 94 02

Telegrams: Manaksanstha(Common to all offices)

Regional Offices: Telephone

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar MargNEW DELHI 110002

323 76 17323 38 41

Eastern : 1/14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, KankurgachiKOLKATA 700054

337 84 99, 337 85 61337 86 26, 337 91 20

Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 4360 20 25

Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 02 16, 235 04 42235 15 19, 235 23 15

Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)MUMBAI 400093

832 92 95, 832 78 58832 78 91, 832 78 92

Branches : AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE.FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW.NAGPUR. NALAGARH. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.VISHAKHAPATNAM

IS:1570(PartI) - 1978 ( Reaffirmed 1993 >

hdian Standard

SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/OR YIELD PROPERTIES

( First Revision ) _

J%utih Reprint MARCH 1998

UDC 669.&4.018.295(083.4)

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MAR0

NEW DELHI 110002

Gr 4 ~unuary 1980

Indian Standard


PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/OR YIELD PROPERTIES

( First Revision )

Alloy Steels and Special Steels-Sectional Committee, SMDC 19

DR G. MUKHERJEX

Mlmrbsrc

Ste~l~A;;t~;~rty of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), ”

SHRI A. N. BIEWAS Guest, Keen, Williamr Ltd, Howrah SRRI S. K. Baeu ( Alfsmals )

SERI B. C. B~swre National Test House, Calcutta Snax A. M. Brsw~s ( Aikmak )

SHRI P. K. CHAI~RAVARTY The Tata Iron St Steel Co Ltd, Jamsbedpur DR T. MUKEERJEP ( Altmwte )

SFIRI P. K. &XMl’?!RJEE Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SERI P. K. GANOOPAD~ XAY ( Alkrnak )

SHRI K. M. CHAUDHURY National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ),

Ssmr DASARATHA Jamshedpur

The Visvesvanya Iron & Steel Ltd.‘Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BM~VARAJ ( Altnnsfr )

SHU S. V. DATAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navaari SERI M. K. GHOEIH ( Alturrets)

SMIU A. D. D~lu The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay SHIU M. K. DATTA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steelr Hatit),

Durnapur SHRI R. C. Jrr~ ( &kmak )

I 1

Smu S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies and Dirposalr ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi

SHRIP.K.GYNJE(AU~~&)

( CWinwd.ew bwo 2 )

Q @might 1980 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

This pabliution is p

mda the Idim’th~~~ Ad (XIV of 1957) and reproductioninwho ormpartby~ym~~ceptwithwrittcnpumirdonofthe p&R&a shall be deemed to be an ini%ngauent of copyright unda the said Act.

-.

LS : 1570 ( Part I ) - i978

JOINT DIRECXOR ( MET ) RE~EARCX DIEICW8 AND STANDARDS ORWNIZATION

DEPUTY DIRECTOR ( Mm-11 ) RDSO ( Altanak )

SXRI S. R. KHARE SHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Al&mot@ )

!&RI R. S. KOTHAWALE SHRI S. S. LAXKUNDI ( Alternate)

Dn D. P. LAHIRI SHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altmatr )

SXRI K. N. MEHRA SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alkmatr )

SHRI L. MISHRA

W-2 Minbtry of Railways

Indian Regiatcr of Shipping, Bombay

Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune

Minirtry of Defence ( R & D), New Delhi

Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

Dire;;; DFzeral of Technical Development,

SHRI A. PADMANABXAN- _ SRRI I. M. Plu

&iRI B. M. PN (AhTnot0) Dn R.,V. PATHY

SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Afcrnalr ) Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane

SARI R. NARAYANA ( Ahmab) Smx M. K. PRAMAMK

SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Albmb) DR V. RAMASWAMY

Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; orl Alloy Steel Producers ’ Association of India, Bombay

Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta

Research & Development Ccntre for Irbn and Steel ( SAIL ), Ranchi

&RI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Albmb ) Sam M. RAN~AEWAI Hindustan Machine Toola Ltd, Bangalore

SHRl SANJIT SEN ( AhWtU-I) SHRI P. RA&A PRAIJAD ( Afbfstlb-11 )

Sxm A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd, Tamahedaur

DRS.K.MONDAL(A&W~) urn_ mmcm SHar D. SRINWAEIAN Steel Furnace Auociation of Iddia. Calcutta

DR S. K. CHATTBRJEB ( Altmutr ) Smtr Y. C. SW~RAHMIUWA M&try of Dcfence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VAI~YANATHAN M. N. Dartur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Albmab ) SHRI C. R. RAYA RAO,

Director ( St& & Met) Director General, BIS (ZZx-q#kio Mmbr )

Sumtary SHRI VIJAY KUUAB

Assistant Director ( Metal1 ), I41

Subcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought &eels

for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5 CmlDauT

Smu P. K. CXAXRAVARTY ,The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, JauuJkdgur Mmbm

Smu S. K. BMU Guest, Keen, William Ltd, Howrah (cm&.nwdm&#~ 15

2

Isr1570(P8rtI),-1978

Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART I STEELS SPEClFlED BY TENSILE AND/OR

YIELD PROPERTIES

( First Revision)

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Tndian Standard ( Part I ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 20 November 1978, after the draft finalixed by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570.1961) was first published in 196 1. On the basis nf the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it In parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:

Part II Carbon steels

Part III

Part IV

Part V

Part VI

Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels

Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat- resisting steels )

Srainless and heat-resisting steels*

Tool steels

0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:

a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance witk IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of easy identi-

.fication old designations are also given within brackets.

*Already published aa IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. $&de foa designation of nteclr: Part I Bared on letter symbolr (fist n&ion ).

3

IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

b)

4

Grades St 39, St 44, St 47, St 52, St 58 and St 66 given in IS : 1570-1961 have been deleted as the tensile ranges covered by these grades are already available in grades St 37, St 42, St 50, St 55 and St 63. A new grade St 70 has been added. to cover the values of tensile between St 63 and St 78.

Each grade of steel has been sub-divided into two sub-grades, one with &low yield to tensile ratio and the other with a high yield to tensile ratio. These ratios have been Sxed after consulting the relevant Indian Standards and IS0 Recommendations.

0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosPhorus and the method for designating steel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix A for information.

0.5 Although both yield and tensile values have been specified inTable l_, the yield value should be ignored if the specification is evolved on the basrs of tensile strength. Similarly the tensile strength should be ignored if the specification is based on yield stress.

0.6 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, ex@s- sing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in f&e rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.

1. SCOPE

1.1 This schedule ( Part 1 ) is applicable to carbon and low alloy steels which are put into service in the hot-rolled, normalized or annealed condition in the form of plates, sections, bars, forgings and tubes, when the main criterion in the selection and inspection of the steel is either the tensile strength or the yield stress which is used as. a basis for &sign. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.

2. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE SCI-JEDm

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of .~ .____

*Rules for rounding off numerical valua ( raked ).

4

IS I 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

mechanical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service fender this ‘esseritial. rh that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels

$s’pecified :in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels a$ ,special steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.

.2.2 In the case of steels belonging to this schedule it is not usual to specify a detailed chemical composition, but the quality of the material is controlled, where necessary, by specifying the maximum permissible percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are reqvired according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are not included in the ,schedule, but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, e:c. Where necessary, the type of

.steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. In the case of killed and semi-killed variety of steel, it would be necessary to specify the silicon content.

2.3 Where special r:ictors, such as weldability, are involved, it may be desirable to include a maximum limit on the carbon content in the specification. In some .structural steels, copper content is found to be beneficial for increasing resistaxze to corrosion and, in such cases, this should be specified in the standard.

2.4 In addition to the tensile and yield stress, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation,

are given in Table 1. corresponding to the standard tensile

ranges, Thise elongation values are based on a gauge length of 5*65d/~ which is now int&nationally accepted. If test

pieces of other than 5.6542 gauge length are used, elongation conver-

sions may be obtained from IS : X803-1974*. For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should be based on the for?mla of 950 divided by the actual tensile strength when using a gauge len@b ‘equivalent to 5.65 d/AOr of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile ;trengt&“in kgf/mm’ when using a gauge length equivalent to 4d2.

IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

TABLE 1 TENSILE AND YIELD PROPERTIES OF STANDARD STEELS


NEW DIBXGNA-

TION

IS [I%2 (&I)-

1974. -J

(1)

OLD DESXGNA-

noN

TENSILE STRENGTH

ELONOA- non

PERCENT, Min

( GAUOE LBNQTH

5.65t/A)

Fe 290 FeE 220 Fe 310

(2)

(StSO) -

( St 52 )

(3) (4) (5) N/m’t N/mm’t

290 170 27 290 220 27 310 180 26

FeE 230 Fe 330 FeE 250 Fe 560

(StS4-)

(Sts7)

310 sso 330 360

FeE 270 Fe 410 ( St 42 )

360 410

230 26 200 26 250 26 220 25

270 25 250 23

FeP 310 Fe 490 (St50)

410

490

310 2s 290 21

FeE 310 - 490 370 21 Fe 540 ( St 55 ) 540 320 20

FcE 400 Fe 620 FeE 460 Fe 690 FeE 520 Fe 770 FeE 580 Fe a70 FeE 650

-

(St 63) -

(St70)

( St 78 )

(St88)

540 400 20 620 380 15 620 460 15 690 410 12 690 520 12 770 460 10 770 580 10 870 520 a 870 650 8

0%

IS : 432, IS : 1977, IS : 1978, IS : 2831, IS : 6915

- IS : 1079, IS : 5986

- IS : 1979, IS : 3503, IS : 5272, IS : 5986

-

IS : 226, IS : 432, I$ : 1079. IS : 1148, IS : 1977, IS : 2062, IS : 2 100, IS : 2830, IS : 2831, IS : 3039, IS : 3503, IS : 5986, IS : 6914, IS : 6915

IS : 1079, IS : 3503, IS : 8500

Zi : 432, IS: 961, IS : 8500

- -

*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols (firrt r&s& ). 71 kgf/mu+ - 9.81 N/mm*. $Su Appendix B for titlca.

6

IS t 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

APPENDIX A

( Clause 0.4)

NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEGLS

Ab, GENERAL

A-0.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974*.

A-l. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Ae1.1 These steels are carbon and low alloy steels where the main criterion in the selection and inspection of steel is the tensile strength or yield stress. In such cases, provided the specified mechanical properties are attained it is not usual to specify a detailed chemical composition but the quality of the material is designated, tihere necessary, by specifying certain quality levels. Steels listed in this Schedule, Part I fall in this categoq.

The designation of these steels consists of the following in the order given:

a) Symbol ‘ Fe ’ or ‘ FeE ’ depending on whether the steel has been specified on the basis of mini;um tensile strength or yield strength.

b)

4

4

Figure indicating the minimum tensile strength or yield stress in N/mm%. If no minimum tensile strength or yield stress is guaranteed, the figure shall be 00.

Chemical symbols for elements the presence of which characterize the steel.

Hl~~ssary, symbols indicating special characteristics as :

1) A&hod of Dtoxidation - Depending upon, whether the steel

*tide for deaighation of 8teek part 1 Bard on letter symbola (jh# f&k).

7

IS : 1578 ( Pant I .) - I!#/8

is kiiled, semi-killed or riniming variety, the following symbol, shall bt used to iiidicate the steel making practice:

E) R for rimming steel; and

ii) K for killed steel.

NOTE - If no symbol ia used, it shall mean that the steel is of xmi-killed type.

2) Steel QualiQ - The follow&g symbols shall be used to indicate steel quality:

Ql - Non-ageing quality,

Q2 - Freedom from flakes,

Q3 - Grain size controlled,

Q4 - Inclusion controlled, and

Q5 - Internal homogeneity guaranteed.

3) Degree~,of Purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be,expressed as follows:

Sjhbol

?25 P35 P50 q70 No symbol

will mean

Maximum Content in Peruen: ---__--_-A. ----_- Phosphorus Sulph&-

0.025 0.025, 0.035, 0.035 0*050 PO50 0*070 0.070 0.055 Cl.055

The above symbols use the letter ‘ P.’ follbwcd by 1060 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum codtents of sulphur abd pliosphorus tie not same, the followin& procedure shall be folJowedz

Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:

i), 100 times the ,maximum rdpltur rounded oiZ* ts the nearest Jnteg&:

l Roundiag off ahall be. don& according to the rula given in IS: 2.19fj(1( Ruler for rounding off numcric81 valua (ra&rg ‘.

8

Is: l!HO(Part I)-1978

ii) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to the

(1)

B: Bo

B2

B4

4)

5)

nearest integer.

Exam&

Maximum sulphur = 8045 perccnr Maximum phosphorus - 0035 percent

Designation: SP 44

Welakbili~ Guarantee - Guaranteed wcldability of steel as determined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser arm the supplier sliall’be indiclttd by de fbllowing symbolsz

W - Fusion weldable, and Wr = W&able by resistance welding but not fusion

CeIdable.

&sistaaca to Brittle Fracture - Symbol g B ‘? ‘ BO *, ‘ B2 ’ or “B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittke ‘fracture based on the results of the V-notch Cbarpy impact test.

For steels B,,BO, B2 a,nd B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch ipecrmens, taken ‘in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of thd plate or product.

Steels B, BO, B2 -and ,B4 are characterized by an average ya;;tch Charpy nnpact value accordmg to the following

: Sjncijed k UTS Raaga

r- ~_.A-._-&.,_’

370 to 520 N/mm* .

500 to 700 N/mm* y-+--- r-- -A--y

Energy Tempg Energy Tempc- rature rature

C2) <5) (4)

j (5)

l C J ‘C !2a 2? 40 27 28 0 28 - 10

48 0 28 - 20 28 - 30

40 -20 28 -40 28 - 5.0

48 -40

*Rounding 08 &all be done according to the rulea given in IS : 24960 4 R&J for rounding off numcri~ vhca ( raiwd) ‘.

9

XS : 1570 ( Part X ) - 1978

6) Surface Condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:

Sl - &seamed or scarfed;

S2 7 Descaled;

S3 - Pickled ( including washing and neutralizing );

s4 - Shot, grit or sand blasted;

S5 - Peeled ( skinned ) ;

S6 - Bright drawn or cold-rolled; and

S7 - Ground.

Noms -If na symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in u-rolled of ar-forged condition.

7) Formability ( A@ZicubZe to Sheet Only ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:

Dl - Drawing quality,

D2 - Deep drawing quality, and

D3 - Extra deep drawing quality.

NOTE- If no symbol k used, it &all mean that the rteel is commercial quality.

8) Surfme Finish ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) -c The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:

Fl - General purpose finish,

F2 - Full finish,

F3 - Exposed,

F4 --.Unexposed,

F5 - Matt finish,.

F6 - Bright finish,

F7 - Plating finish,

F8 - Unpolished finish,

F9 - Polished finish,

FIO - Polished and coloured blue,

F.!J - Polished and coloured yellow,

F12 - Mirrot finish,

10

IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

F13 - Vitreous enamel finish, and

Fl4 - Direct annealed finish.

9) Ifeatmsnt - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel:

Tl - Shot-peened,

T2 - Hard-drawn, T3 - Normalized*,

T4 - Controlled rolled,

r5 - Annealed,

T6 - Patented,

T7 - Solution-treated,

T8 - Solution-treated and aged,

T9 - Controlled cooled, T 10 - Bright annealed,

Tll - Spherodized,

T12 - Stress-relieved,

T13 - Case-hardened*, and

T14 - Hardened and tempered.

NOTE- If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.

10)

11)

Elevated Temperature Properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However, in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.

Cryogenic f&lity - For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall be used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designation.

Fe 410 Cu K -- Killed steel containing copper as alloying element with a minimum tensile strength of 410 X/mm*

FeE 300 P 35 - Semi-killed steel with a’ minimum yield strength


11

IS: 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

of 300 N/mm* and degree of purity as follows:

S & P = 0.035 Max

Fe 470 w -Steel with a minimum tensile strength of 470 N/mm* and of guaranteed fusion welding quality

FeE 550 S6 -Bright drau\ln or cold rolled steel with .a minimum yield strength of 550 .N,/mm*

Fe OOR - Rimming quality steel with, no, guarantee of x minimum tensile or yield strength

FeE 590 F7 _- Sheet steel of plating finish and, minimum yield strengtb of 590 N/mm*

Fe 516 Ba- --Steel in anne led condition with a, minimum tensile $rengt ff; of 510 N/mm* and resistance to brittle,fracture = B

Fe 710 H - Steel with guaranteed elevated temperature properties and a minimum room temperature tensile strength of 7 10 N/mm*

Fe 410 Ql - Semi-killed non-ageing quality steel with $ & P = 0.055 MUX and nnnimum tensile = 410 N/mm*

Fe 600 T4 - Semi-killed steel in controlled rolled condition with a minimum tensile strength of 600 N/mm*

Fe 520 L -Cryogenic quality steel with a, minimum room temperature tensile strength of’ 520 N/mm*

APPENDIX B

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED IN COLUMN 6 OF TABLE 1

si No.

1. IS : 226-1975

2. LSi32 (Part I )-

Title

Specification for structural steel (standard quality ) (Jfi rcqinbn)

Mild steel and medium. tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel .wire for concrete reinforcement : Part I Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars ( second ration )

12

IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978

3. IS : 432 ( Part II )- Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and 1966 hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforce-

ment : Part II Hard drawn steel wire ( ~qcond r&ion )

t. IS : 961-1975

5. IS : 1079-1973

6. IS : 1148-1973

7. IS: 1977-1975

8. IS: 1978-1971

9. IS: 1979-1971

10. IS : 2062-1969

11. IS: 2100-1970

12. IS : 2830-1975

13. IS : 2831-1975

14. IS : 3039-1965

15. IS : 3503-1966

16. IS : 5272-1969

Specification for structural steel ( high tensile ) ( seco?Uf rmirion )

Specification for hot rolled carbon steel sheet and strip ( third rmision )

Specification for rivet bars up to 40 mm for structural purposes ( second revision )

Specification for structural steel (ordinary quality ) ( stcon4f rcuision )

Specification for line pipe ( j%Jt revision )

Specification for high test line pipe (jirst revision )

Specification f&r structural steel ( fusion welding quality ) (first revision )

Specification for steel billets, bars and sections for boilers (first revision)

Specification for carbon steel billets, blooms and slabs for re-rolling into structural steel ( standard quality ) (jfrst n&ion )

Specification for carbon steel billets, blooms and slabs for re-rolling into structural steel ( ordinary quality ) (Jirst rsvkion )

Specification for structural steel (shipbuilding quality )

Specification for steel for marine boilers, pressure vessels and welded machinery structures

Carbon steel sheets for integral coaches

13

lsrl570(PartI)-1970

17. IS : 5986 1970 Hot rolled steel plates and flats for cold forming and flanging operations for automobile and general purposes

18. IS : 69141973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling into structural steel ( standard quality)

19. IS : 6915-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling into structural rteel ( ordinary quality )

20. IS : 8500-1977 Specification for weldable structural steel ( medium and high strength qualit) )

14

IS: 1570 (Pad I)- 1979

SERIM.K.SU(A~~OWU) Ministry of Defence ( DC1 )

SIRZ M. K. DUTTA Salu R. C. JEIA (A&me&)

Alloy St&r Plaut, Dufg8pur

JOINT DXRMXOR(MET) RMULUCH Dxma~a & STANDARD8 OROANIZA-

Minittry of Railway

TXOlt Aenrr~~ D~RBCIQR ( I&) ( Al&m& )

DR N. KO~DAL RAO Bhabha Atomic Reacarch Centre, Trbmbay SHII K. BALAMMAMCMYRTFIY ( Allrnok )

Du N. MOHAN DR R. V. PATI&

Bihar Alloy St& Ltd, Ranchi Alloy StceL Producas Aarocirtion of India,

SHIX M. K. PMMANIK . Smr R. C. PRMAIJ

SHII D. K. DAB (Al&ma&) SEW A. K. ROY

PERI A. R. V. SUBRAUANIAN DR G. V~MKAT~

hornbay Iron & steel control, Calcutt8 Heavy &2ghletring cornoration Ltd, Ranchi

Associition of Indian Automobile Manufacturen, Bombay

Mahindra. Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Kho li Bhrat Heavy Ekctricals Ltd, Tii cEhinpp8lli

l Dr R. V. Path is also alternate to Shri A. R. V. &bramdan u@W hel Go Ltd, khopoti.

ofliui8dm

.15


Headquarters: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 3375,323 9402 Fax : 91 11 3234062,91 11 3239399, 91 11 3239382

Central Laboratory :

Plot No. 20/9, Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, Sahibabad 201010

Regional OWices:

Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to all Offices)

Telephone

‘3-77 00 32

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 32376 17

*Eastern : l/14 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 62

Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43

Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 23523 15

IWestern : Manakalaya, E9, Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093

Branch Offices::

‘Pushpak’, Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001

$Peenya Industrial Area, 1st Stage, Bangalore-Tumkur Road, BANGALORE 560058

5501348

839 49 55

Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21

Plot No. 82-63, Unit VI, Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27

Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, COIMBATORE 641037 21 01 41

Plot No. 43, Sector 16 A, Mathura Road, FARIDABAD 121001 8-28 88 01

Savitri Complex, 116 G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 1996

53/5 Ward No.29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 541137

58-56C, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 201083

E-52, Chitaranjan Marg, C-Scheme, JAIPUR 302001 37 29 25

1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005 21 68 76

Seth Bhawan, 2nd Floor, Behind Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 2389 23 LUCKNOW 226001

NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010 52 51 71

Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 26 23 05

Institution of Engineers (India) Building 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005 32 36 35

T.C. No. 14/l 421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM 695034 621 17

*Sales Cffice is at 5 Chowringhge Approach, P.O. Princep Street, 271085 CALCUTTA 700072

tSales Cffice is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007

*Sales Cffice is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002

309 65 28

222 39 71

Printed at Printogaph, New Delhi, Ph : 5726847

AMENDMENT NO. 1 JANUARY 1981

TO

IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978 SCI-XEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART I STEELS SPECIFIER BY TENSILE AND/OR ViELO PROPERTIES

( First Revision )

Corrigenda

( Page 6, Table 1, heading of co/ 3 ) -. Substitute ‘TENSILE S’mENQT~, Mn’for ~TENBILESTBENGTB'.

I Page 8, clause A-L1 (d)(3)(i), line 1 ‘J - Substitute ‘ I 000 tids ’ for ’ 100 times ‘.

fo, I J.$ye~,clawe AL1.1 (d)(S)(ii), lint 1 ] - Substitute ( 1 000 times ’ .

IS : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979


PART It CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)

( First Revision )


Chairman Repmenling

Ds G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur

Members

Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHEI A. N. BISWAS S~lrr S. K. Basn ( Alfentate )

SHIZI B. C. BISWAS SHRI A. M. BISWAS (A&em& )

SHBI P. K. CEIAKRAVARTY DR T. MUKRERJEE ( Akmat~ )

.CERI P. K. CZ~ATTERJEE

National Test House, Calcutta

The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI Y. K. C;ANOOP~DRYAY ( Al:ernatr )

5 :RLK. M. CEAUDUKJRY Nationa! Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR ),

SI I D.+SARATIIA Jamshrdpur

The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati Senr B. C. B.LS~VA~AJ ( Bflcrnnte)

Sar I S. V. DATIR SEBI M. K. Gnosn ( Altmafe)

Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari

SHW A. D. DIAS SHBI M. K. DATTA

The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels Plant ),

S IR~$..,J,“A ( Alternate ) Sam .

Durgapur

Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi

SIIRI P. I;. GYXE ( Alfcrm~e j JOTNT CiRECTOR (hfET),RlXE~RCli Ministry of Railways

DESIOHS AXD.STA~-DARDS ORGAhItATlON

DEPUTY DIRECTOIL ( MET-II,), RDSO ( Alternate )

( Confinued on page 2 )

@ Cojprighf 1979

INCIXTT STASDARDS INSTiTUTION

This publication is protected under the Indim Copyrighf Act ( XIV of 1957) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

1s : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979

( Continued from page 1 )

Members Reprcsentin~

SERI S. R. KIIARE Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay SH~I V. N. PAl?DAY ( Alternate )

SRRI R. S. KOTRAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune SHRI S. S. LAXXUNDI ( Alfcraufc )

DE D. P. LAHIRI Ministry of Defence ( R & D ) SRRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altemurr)

SHRX K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SHRI D. K. DAS ( Afternafc)

SHBI L. MISEXA Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi

Snnr M. K. BANERJEE ( Ahmate ) Snn~ A. PA~MANABEAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras SHlrI 1. M. PA1 Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane

SHILI B. M. PAX ( ALnate ) Dn R. V. PATHY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay; and Alloy

Steel Producers’ Associatron of Indra, Bombay Sunr R. NARAYANA ( Alternate ) Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay

SHRI M. K. PRAXANIK Iron St Steel Control, Calcutta SARI S. S. SAHA ( Akrnate)

DR V. R~XASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and Steel I HSL J. Ranchi

’ ” SI~RI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Ahmate) SRRI M. RANGASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore

SRRI SANJIT SEN ( Aftnnatc I ) S~rnr P. RAMA PIZASAD ( Altcrnatc II )

SHRI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

DR S. K. MONDAL (Alternate) SHRI D. SI~IXITAS~N Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta

Ds S. K. CHATTERJEE ( Alternafc) SHRI Y. C. SUBRARUANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VA~DYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Cc Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Altrmatc ) Saw C. R. RAMA RAO, Director General, IS1 ( Ex-o&30 Member )

Director ( Strut 8t Met )

Secretary

SIIRI VIJAY KIJMAR Assistant Director ( Metals ), IS1

St&committee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5

convener SERI P. K. CEAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Cc Ltd, Jamshedpur

nilembers

SHEI S. K. BASU Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI I'. K. CRATTEI~JEE Ministry of Defence (DGI )

SUIII M. I;. SXN (Alternate ) ( Continued on page 18 )

2

IS x 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

Indian Standard


PART I1 CARBON STEELS,( UNALLOYED STEELS)

( First Revision )

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part II ) (First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, aster the draft finaii- zed by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:

Part I Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties

Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels

Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels ) Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*

Part VI Tool steels


4

b) 4

4

Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of easy identification old designations are also given within brackets.

New grades 2C2, 5OC8,6OC6 have been added. Manganese content of grades CO5 ( 5C4 ), C55 ( 55C4 ), and C60 ( 6OC4 ) h ave been modified.

Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars given in Table 3 have been modilied on the basis of experience gained.

*Already published as IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. t&de for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols.

3

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designating steel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix ’ A ’ for information.

0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.

1. SCOPE

1.1 This schedule ( Part II ) is applicable to standards for carbon steels when it is necessary for the steel to be supplied to a composition within reasonably defined limits. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.

1.1.1 This schedule may be used for ordering steels provided no detailed specification is available for the particular steel.

2. GENERAL

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mecha- nica! properties different from those, given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.

2.2 In addition to specified mechanical properties, ranges for carbon and manganese are, laid down in the schedule ( SLY Table 1 ), but as in many cases, the steels of lower carbon content are required as rimming, semi- killed or killed steel depending on the subsequent manipulation and conditions of service, the silicon content has not been specified. Where necessary, the silicon content or the type cf steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are also not included in the schedule but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, etc.

‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (rtuised).

4

IS : 1570 (Part II) - 1979

TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CARBON AND MANGANESE LIMITS FOR THE STANDARD STEELS

STEEL DEEWNATIOX [SCC IS:1762 (PABT I)-19741 ,_----_-~

NW

(1) 2c2 4C2 SC4 7C4

lOC4 14C6

15c!4 15c8

2oc8 25C1 25Ca

3oc8

35c4 3568

4oc8 45C8

5064 5oca 5OC12 5x4

55ca

6Oc4 6OC6 65C6

iOC6 75C6 8OC6 85C6 08C6

113C6

Old

(2)

(‘cO4’,

(CO51 (07)

(ClOj (Cl41

(Cl5) (C15Mn75)

(C20) (C25)

( C25MnE )

(C30)

( C35 j ( C35Mn75 ) -

(C4Oj (C45)

(C50)

( CkOM:I )

(C55)

( C55Mn7j)

(GO) c-j

(C65)

(C7Oj

(C75) ( C80 j (C85j (C98)

(C113)

(3) 0.05 Max WO8 Max O-10 Max 0.12 Max 0.15 Max 0~10-0~18

0.20 Max 0~10-0~20

( CIause 2.2 )

C hRCENT

0*15-0*25 0.20-0.30 0*20-0.30

0.25-0.35

0.30~040 @30-0.40

0.35-0.45 ~40-0*50

p45-0.55 0.45-0.55 0.45-0.55 @50-0.60

0.50-0.60

0*55-O+l5 0.55-0.65 0.60-0.70

0.65-0.75 0~70-0~80 O*i5-0.85 0.80-0.90 090-1.05 1.05-1.20

Mn PEBCENT

(4) 0*4OMax 0.40 Max 0.50 Max 0.50 Max 0*30-0.60 0’40-0*70

0.30-O-60 0~60_0%l

0~60-0*90 0*30-0*60 W60-0.90

0.60-090

O-30-0.60 0.60-090

0*60-090 o%O-0.90

0.3~0.60 o%O-O%l 1~10-140 0.30-0.60

0*60-0.90

0.30-0.60 o-50-0.80 @50-0.80

0.50-0.80 0.50-0.80 0.50-0.80 O.EO-0.80 0~5o-o~ao 0.50-0.80

REFERENCETO RELEVANT

INDIANSTANDABD

(5)

Is:4882,4397 -

IS : 1812, 2879, 4432. IS: 1875, 2004, 4432,

5489 1s: 1812 IS:2100, 6967, 1875,

2004,4432 IS : 1875,2004

- IS: 1875, 2004, 3930,

5517, 6967 IS: 1875, 2004, 3930,

5517,6967 -

IS : 1;;77 2004, 3930,

Is : 5517, 7226, 7283 IS : 1875, 2004, 2507,

3930, 3261,5517 -

IS : 5517

IS : 2507, 3885, 3930 7226, 8054,8055

IS : 1875, 3445, 5517, 7494

IS : 1875, 2004,2507 4072

IS : 2507, 4072, 7226 IS : 2507, 3885 IS : 2507.4072 IS : 2507, 7226 Is : 2507, 3195, 7226 IS : 3195

IS : 1570 ( Part II) - 1979

2.3 This schedule includes specified tensile properties applicable to the different conditions, for example, Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized conditions. These values are based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition, or conversely, of the specified composition for a particular range of tensile strength, may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars and for hardened and tempered bars and forgings, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of case- hardened parts after refining and quenching. Some of the steels are used in the form of sheet and strip and tubes and the tensile properties of these are given in Tables 6, 7 and 8. For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as specification requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Tables 9 and 10.

2.4 In addition, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test depending on the form of the material; for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars; unmachined round test pieces for smali size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates, for larger size round bars and for square bars, and forgings. Since the percentage elongation depends on the relation between the gauge length and the cross-sectional area of the test piece, specified minimum values for the percentage elongation for the different types of test pieces are included in the schedule. These elongation values given are based on a gauge length of 5*65Jrwhich is now intemathn- ally accepted. If test pieces of other than 5.65Jxgauge length are used, elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974’.

2.5 For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should bc based on the recently adopted formulae of either 950 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to 5.65Jxor of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf/mms when using a gauge length equivalent to 4,/x

2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening and tempering is sometimes assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in specific+ tions; if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule.

*Method for elongation conversions for steel ( first reuirion ).

6

. .~ .._r._rw-..-

IS : 1570 ( Part 11 ) - 1979

TABLE 2 SPECJFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SECTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT-ROLLED OR NORMALIZED

CONDITION

DE~~IQNATIoN f---------t

New Old

(1) (2)

7c4 (CO7) lOC4 (ClO) 14C6 (Cl4) 15c4 (Cl5 ) 15c8 ( C15MnL_ )

2OC8 (CZO) - 25C4 ( c25 ) 25C8 (C25Mnz

3OC8 (C38) 3x4 ( C35 ) 35C8 (C35Mn75

4OC8, ww- 454x (C45) 5oc4 ( C50 1 5oc13 ( C50Mnl)

55c8 ( C55Mn75 1 6OC4 (m)-- 65C6 (t=)

( Clause 2.3)

TEPSILIP. SYCEENQT~

(3)

MPa*

320400

340-420

370-450 370-490

420-508

440-520

440-540 470-570

500-600 520-620

550-650

580-680 630-710

660-780

720 Min

720 Min

750 Min

750 Min

ELONGATION PEBCENT, Min 1

(41

27 I

26 I

26 25

25

24 ! 23

,

22

21

20 20

18

j i

15

13 . I1 13

11

10

NOTE - Minimum values for the yield stress may be required in certain specifications and in such cases a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimum tensile strength should be satisfactory.

*IMPa = lN/mme = 8 102 0 kgf/mma.

I

I /

2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.

2.8 Any tests, for example, bend test, flattening tests on tube, etc, additional to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.

7

E . . t: 0”

h

F TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD-DRAWN BARS :!

[ Ciuures 0.3(d) and 2.3 ] tl Y

DESIGNATION ’ UP To 20 mm OvrR 20 mm OVER 40 mm OVER 63 mm ---l--h.- __ G New

7 ~_--~~-~---~ Up TO 40 mm UP TO 63 mm C_--_h-----y Old Tensile Elongation r-----h---y r__-_----~ Tensile Elongation 3

Strength Percent, Min Tensile Elongation Tensile Elongation Strength Percent, Min Min Strength Percent, Min Strength Percent, Min Min

Min Min

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) De MPa* MPa+ MPa* MPa*

lOC4 (ClO) 490 11 450 13 410 15 360 18 15C8 (Cl5Mn3) 540 11 510 13 470 15 430 18

2OC8 (C20) 540’ 10 510 12 470 15 430 18

3OC8 (C30) 610 9 570 10 530 12 490 15

4cJc8 (C40) 640 8 610 9 570 10 540 12

5oc4 (C40) 670 7 630 8 610 9 590 10

55C8 (C55Mn72) 730 7 690 8 670 9 630 10

*lMPa = lN/mma = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.

--

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

_____A--, STKENQTH ’ New

STRESS Old

TeW3Icz YIELD ELONGATION, IZOl> LKWTINO PERCENT, IMPACT RULING

Min 1 Man VALUE, SECTION (IX SPEOIFIED) Min

(1)

3OC8

35c8

(2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*

( C30 ) 600-750 400

( C35Mn75) 600-750 400

4OocB fC@) 600-750 380 700-850 480

45cfI (C45) 600-750 380 700-850 480

(C50) 700-850 460 800-950 540

55c8 ( C55Mnz ) {~$:~$, 460 540

*IMPa = IN/mm3 = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%

TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

(5)

18

18

(IB SPECIFIED)

(6) (7) Joules mm

55 30

55 63

18 41 100 17 35 30

17 41 100 15 35 30

fZ - - 63 30

15 63 13 - 30

TABLE 5 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE-HARDENING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION

( CORE PROPERTIES )

( Clause 2.3 )

DESIQNATIOV TEXSILE r-- -----y STRENGTH,

New Old Min

(1) (2) (3) MPa*

ELONQATION, PERCENT, Min

(4)

lOC4 ( Cl0 ) 500 17

14C6 (Cl4) 500 17

15C8 (C15Mn75) 500 17 2OC8 (C2O) 500 16

*IMP3 = lN/mmz = 0.1020 kgf/mmt.

120~ I~+IPACT LIMITING VALVE, A& RULIKG

(IF SPECIFIED) SECTION

(5) (6) Joules mm

55

55

55

15

Over 15 up to 30

30

55 30

9

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET liND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED AND ANNEALED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

DKYIIXATI~N c-----h---

New Old

TENSILE ELONGATION, PERCENT, ST~EN~T~ Min, TEST PIECE,

Min WIDTH 12.5 mm,

GAu~~mYH

(1) (2) (3) MPa*

7c4 ( CO7 ) 300-380

lOC4 (ClO) 320-400

15c4 (C15) 320-440

2oc8 (C20) 390-510

l lMPa, = IN/mm2 = @lo2 0 kgf/mm%

(4)

28

28

25

25

TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

DESIGNATION CONDITION r---?

New Old

(1) (2) (3)

15c4 ( Cl5 ) 1 $y;FL;ard

1 Hard

*lMPa = lN/mmz = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%

TENSILE STRENGTH

(4) MPa*

390-470 470-570 570 Min

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

TABLE 8 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR TUBES IN THE COLD-DRAWN AND ANNEALED CONDITION AND IN IKE COLD-DRAWN

OR COLD-DRAWN AND TEMPERED CONDITION

Clause 2.3 )

DESICJNATI~N COLD-DRAWN

x-F-%? AND ANNEALED

----1 Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,

Min Min

(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*

14C6 I xx 170 15C8 ( C15Mn75 ) j

220

250

280

COLD-DRAWN OR COLD-DRAWN

ATDTEMPERED r---I

Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,

Min Min

EL~NGATIox PEIICENT,

Min

(5) (6) MPae MPa*

440

520

560

580

700

38 1 I 950

on 42 1 23

gauge length

= 5*65&-

46 i Or

47 ! _! loo on gauge length I TS i = 60 44/n

J *IMPa = li%/mms = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.

TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING

(1) mm

:i 30 40 50 60

Iii 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 300 350 and over

IO mm

(2) mm

10 14 Iii 17

1’: 17 17

I: 17 17 17 17 17 17 18

( Clause 2.3 )

TunczrrEss 0F SECTIGX -------h-_-----~____~

20 30 40 50 GO 80 100 120 140

X Greater than 160 mm.

mm

(3) mm

21 26

:; 32

3332 33 33 33 33 33 ::3 33 33 33

mm mm mm mm mm mm DIAMETEX OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS

(4) mm

32 37 40 43 46

:: 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 49

(5) mm -

43

:: 57 60 62 63 63 G3 (i3 63

z 63

(6) mm

- - -

54 59 66

9: 76 77 77

58” 78

:s8

(7) (8) mm mm

- - - - - - -

-

65 74

:: 88 9J

!I1 92

::

- 87

1:; 108 112 115 117 119 I”0 121 121

(9) mm

-. - - -

-

108 117 125 131 136 140 143 145 148 150

mm

(IO) mm

- - - - - - -

130 140 148 154

X

X

X

%

X

mm

(11) mm

- - -

- - - -

1% X

X

X

X

X

X

X

11

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

TABLE 10 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING

( Clause 2.3 )

WIDTH OF THICKNESS OF SECTION SECTION r- ----_-----------,

10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

DIAMETEB OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS

120 140 . mm mm

I

(1) .(2) (3)

mm mm mm

10 10 -

20 13 20

30 15 24

40 16 27

50 16 29

60 :7 30

80 17 32

100 17 33

120 17 34

140 17 34

160 17 34

180 18 35

200 18 35

225 18 35

250 18 36

300 18 37

350 and over 20 39

x Greater than 160 mm.

(4) (5) (6)

mm mm mm

- - -

- - -

30 - i

34 40 -

38 45 51

41 49 55

45 54 62

47 58 68

49 62 72

50 64 76

51 66 79

51 67 81

52 68 83

52 69 85

53 70 86

54 71 88

59 78 97

(7)

mm

-

-

61

70

76

82

86

90

93

95

98

100

104

115

(8) (9) mm mm

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

81 -

90 102

98 111

104 119

109 126

114 132

117 137

121 142

125 147

131 155

152 x

(10) (11) mm mm 1

- - - - - .- - - - - - - - - - ‘-

122 -

132 142

140 152

148 x

154 x

x x x x x x x x

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) 0 1979

APPENDIX A ( Clause 0.4 )


A-1. GENERAL

A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974’.

A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMICAL COMPOSITION

A-2.1 Unalloyed Steels ( as Defiacd in IS : 7598-1974t ) - The code designation shall consist of the foilowing in the order given:

a) Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon content,

b) Letter ‘ C ‘, and

c) Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese content. The figure after multiplying shall be rounded off to the nearest integer according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960:.

dj If necessary, symbois indicating special characteristics as follows:

1) MethoJ of designation -Depending on whether the steel is kiiled, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:

i) R = rimming steel, and

ii) IC= killed steel. hT0l.E - Pfno symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of semi-killed type.

2) Steel qualify -The following symbols shah be used to indicate steel quality:

Ql = non-ageing quality,

Q2 = freedom fro-m flakes,

Q3 = grain size controlled,

Q4 = inclusion controlled, and Q5 = internal homogeneity guaranteed.

*Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols. *Classification of steels. $Ruies for rounding off numerical vahles ( mixed).

13

i

ls:1570( PartxI)-1979

3) Degree of purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:

Symbol Maximum Content in Percent r-A------

Phosphorus Sulphur

P25 0.025 0.025

P35 0.035 0.035

P50 0.050 0.050 0.070 P70 0.070

No symbol will mean 0.055 0.055

The above symbols use the letter ‘P ’ followed by 1 000 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same, the following procedure shall be followed:


a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off * to the nearest integer.

b) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off * to the nearest integer.

Example:

Maximum sulphur 8: O-045 percent

Maximum phosphorus = O-035 percent Designation: SP 44.

4)

5)

Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as determined by tests mutually agreed between the supplier and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols: W = fusion weldable, and WI = weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable. Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbol 6 B ‘, ‘ BO ‘, ( B2 ’ or ’ B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test.

For steels B, BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy

‘I

V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.

*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960 Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised ).

14

i. 3= -- - _

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

Steels B, BO, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notch Charpy impact value according to the following table:

Steels Specified UTS Range r---- _~h-_,_---__--,--~

370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* r-m-7 c-------~

Energy Tempe- Energy Tempe- rature rature

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

J “C J “C B 28 27 40 27

BO 28 0 28 -10 40 0

B2 28 -20 28 -30 40 -20

B4 . 28 -40 28 -50 40 -40

6) Surface condilion -The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:

Sl = deseemed or scarfed;

s2 - descaIed;

S3 E pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); S4 = shot, grit or sand blasted;

s5 = peeled ( skinned );

S6 = bright drawn or cold rolled; and

57 = ground.

NATE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or as- forged condition.

7) Formability ( applicable to sheet only ) - The following symbols shali be used to indicate drawability:

Dl - drawing quality, D2 = deep drawing quality, and D3 = extra deep drawing quality.

XOTE -If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of commercial quality.

+lMPa = lN/mmz = 0.102 0 ligf /mm2.

15

8) Surface jnish ( ajplicable to sheet or@) - The f01 )wing symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:

Fl = general purpose finish, ?r. Ii

F2 = full finish,

F3 = exposed, F4 = unexposed, F5 = matt finish, F6 = bright finish,

F7 = plating finish, F8 = unpolished finish, F9 = polished finish,

FlO = polished and coloured blue, F 11 = polished and coloured yellow,

F12 = mirror finish, F13 = vitreous enamel finish, and

F14 = direct annealed finish.

9) Treatment -The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel: Tl = shot-peened, T2 = hard-drawn, T3 = normalized*,

T4 = controlled rolled, T5 = annealed, T6 = patented,

T7 = solution-treated,

T8 = solution-treated and aged, T9 = controlled cooled,

TlO = bright annealed,

Tll = spherodized, T12 = stress-relieved,

T13 = case-hardened*, and

T14 = hardened and tempered.

NOTI: - If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.

IS t 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

*Includes tcmpcring, if done.

16

10) EZ5pufed tern elevated te Y ,wever, pL operties shall be in turer.

11) Cryogenic qu properties? room tern1 tion.

~xam~1e.C

23iC5EO f z

t

45c:ow ! 1

KS : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979

Elspated temperature properties -For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. I-’ jwever, in the designation only the room temperature pJ operties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.

Cryogenic quality- For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall he used. However, only the room temperature properties shall. be indicated in the designation.

Examples:

2X3X Semni-lciiled steei with nverzge 0.25 percent carbon and 0.5 percent manganese content and resistance to brittle fracture grade BO.

45C:OW Steel with average 0.45 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and guaranteed fusion weldable.

17

IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979

( Confinwd from fige 2 ) Members Reprtsenf~ng

SuRI M. I~. DUTT.4 Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Durgapur Steel Plant ), Durgapur

&RX R. c. Jrra ( Akmatc ) J o I N T D I n E c T o R ( MET ), Ministry of Railways

RESEAROE DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORQANIZATION ASSISTART DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alfernatc )

DR N. KONDAL RAN Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay SERI K. BALARAYAMOORTHY ( Alternate )

DB N. Moalw Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, Ranchi Dn R.V. PATHY' Alloy Steels Producers Association of India,

Bombay SHRI M. K. PRA~XA~IE Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta SIIRI R. C. PRASAD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

Snrcr D. K. DAS ( Al~rmatc ) Srrnr A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,

Bombay SERI A. R. V. SE~RAE~ANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Khopoli DR G. VENKATARAAXAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. Tiruchchirappalli

l Dr R. V. Paths Is also alternate to Shd A. E. V. Sobrnmnnlan represecting Mahindra U&e Steel Co Lt,d, Khopoli.

18

AMENDMENT NO. 1 DECEMBER 1989

TO

IS : 1570 ( Part 2 ) - 1979 SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART 2 CARBON STEELS ( UNALLOYED STEELS )

/ First Revision )

( Cover page, Pages 1 and 3, title ) existing title:

- Substitute the following for the

’ Indiun Standard I



Section 1 Wrought Products ( Other Than Wires ) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties’

( Cover page and all other pages, designation ) - Substitute the following for the existing designation:

‘ IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 1 )-1979 ’

( SMDC 19 )

Printed at New India Printinn Press, Khuh India

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

Indian Standard


PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)

Section 1 Wrought Products ( Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties

(: First Revision )

( Third Reprint JANUARY 1999 ( Incorporathg Amendment No. 1)

UDC 669.14 (083.4 )

0 Copyright 1999

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002

Gr 5 October 1979

1s : 1s7o(Paft 2/set 1) - 1979

Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)

Section 1 Wrought Products (Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties

( First Revision ) Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19

Chairman Repesmling

DR G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur

S~nr A. N. BISW,\S SH~I S. K. BASU ( Alter&e)

Saar B. C. BISWAS SRRI A. M. BISWAS ( dlfernarc )

SHRI P. K. CEIAKIZAVAHTY DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate)

SHRI P. K. CHATTCKJEE

Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah



,_ MifiTtry of Defence ( DC1 ) SHI~I P. K. GAN~OPADHYAY ( Auernare )

SHRI K. M. CI~AUDIIU~Y Nationa! Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR ),

SHnI DASARATIIA Jamshedpur

The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BASAVA~AJ (Alternate )

SHRI S. V. D~TAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SRRI M. K. Gnosn ( AItemate)

SHRI h. D. DIAS SHBI M. K. DATTA


SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternale ) Durgapur

SHRI S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals

SIIRI P. K. GYNE ( Affernafe ) ( Inspection Wing), New Delhi

JOINT DIRECTOR (MET), RESEARCH Ministry of Railways DESIQNS AND STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

D~PIJTY DIRECTOX ( MET-II_), RDSO ( Alfernate )


@ Copyrighf 1979

BUREAU OF 1NDIAN STANDARDS

This publication is prorertrd under the Indian Co$yigL Act ( XIV of 1957) and

reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the

oublisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

( contimsed~om page 1 )

Members

S~sr S. R. KHARE

Reprcseafing

SHBI V. N. PANDAY ( Ahnate ) Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay

SERI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune Saab S. S. LAKKUNDI ( Allcraals)

DE D. P. LAEIBI SHBI I. N. BHATIA ( Afremek )

Ministry of Defence ( R & D )

SHRI K. N. bfEHl%A Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SRRI D. K. DAS ( Altmafr )

SHEI L. MIEEBA Directorate General of Technical Development,

San1 M. K. BANERJEE ( Al&mu&) New Delhi

Saul A. PADMANABHAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras SEaI I. M. PA1 Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane

Saxr B. M. PA1 ( Aftmatc ) Dg R. V. PATEY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombayj and Alloy

Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANA ( Al&mate )

SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta

SARI S. S. SAHA ( A&mats ) DE V. RAMASWAYY Research & Development Centre for Iron and

SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Altcmafe ) Steel ( HSL ), Ranchi

Sanx M. RAN~ASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore San1 SANJIT SEN (AIlmate I ) Swnr P. RAMA PBASAD ( AIlera& II )

SEEI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,

DR S. K. MONDAL ( Alternuls) Jamshedpur

SHRI D. SIZINIVASAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta Da S. K. CEATTEBJEE ( Altmafc)

SHRI Y. C. SIJBRAHWANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VAIDYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SARI C. J. DAVE ( Altmate ) SRB~ C. R. RAMA RAO, Director General, IS1 ( Ex-ofiio Member )

Director ( Strut & Met ) hretary

SHRI VIJAY KUMAR Assistant Director ( Metals ), IS1

Subcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5

San1 P. K. CEAKRAV~TY The,Tata Iron i?z Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

Membm

SHRI S. K. BABU SERI P. K. CRATTERJEE

Sunr M. K. SEN ( Alternafa )

Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah Ministry of Defence ( DGI )

( Coatinued on page 18 )

2

IS : 1!57O(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

Indian Standard


PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS\

Section 1 Wrought Products (Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties

( First Revision ) 0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part II ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Divisjon Council.

0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. the standard are as follows:

The other parts of


Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels

Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )


Part VI Tool steels,


a) Steel designations have been modified in -accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of identification old designations are also given within brackets.

easy

b) New grades 2C2, 5OC8,6OC6 have been added.

c) .Manganese content of grades CO5 ( 5C4 ), C55 ( 55C4 ), and C60 ( 6OC4 ) have been modified.

d) Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars given in Table 3 have been modified on the basis of experience gained.

*Already published as IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. tCode for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols.

3

B : %7o(p8tt 2/&C 1) - 1979

0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designating steel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix ‘ A ’ for information.

0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.

1. ScofE

1.1 This schedule ( Part II ) is applicable to standards for carbon steels when it is necessary for the steel to be supplied to a composition within reasonably defined limits. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.

1.1.1 This schedule may be used for ordering steels provided no detailed specification is available for the particular steel.

2. GENERAL

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different from those. given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.

2.2 In addition to specified mechanical properties, ranges for carbon and manganese are, laid down in the schedule ( see Table 1 ), but as in many cases, the steels of lower carbon content are required as rimming, semi- kihed or killed steel depending on the subsequent manipulation and conditions of service, the silicon content has not~been specified. Where necessary, the silicon content or the type of steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are also not included in the schedule but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, etc.

*Rules for rounding off numerical values (rcvhcd).

4

IS : 157O(Paft 2/Set 1) l 1979

TABLE i (IPECIPPID CARBOhIAND MANGANESE LIMITS

STE~CL DWIWATION [ SC6 IS: 1762 (PABT I)-19741 ~_-_-_-_---_~

Old

C Mn PBlWQtT hBCBNT

New (1) 2c2 4c2 ~5C4 7C4

lOc4 14c6

(2)

(s-4~) (co5) (co7) (-Cl0 )

(Cl4)

(3) (4) 0.05 &&TX 0.40 &fax 0.09 Mai 0.40 1”wix *lo Max 050 Mu 0.12 Max 0.50 Md* O-15 Max 040-0%6 &IO-O*18 0’40-0-70

IS : 48S2,4397 -

IS : 1812,2879,4432 IS : 1875, 2004, 4432,

5489 l5c4 15c8

0.20 Max 0*10-O-20

0*30-0.60 0-609’90

IS : 1812 IS :;U&lj, 6’y27, 1875,

9 - 2oc8 25C4 25C8

(C15) (C15Mn75)

(c20) (~25)

( C25MnE )

(C30)

0-15-0’25 0*60-090 0*20-0*30 0~30-0%0 ocm0.30 0%0-o-90

IS : 1875,2004 -

3oc8 O-25-0-35 0+0-090

3m 35c9

@30;040 9.3~0’40

~3O-O%g o%O-0.90

IS : 1875, 2004, 5517, 6967

3930,

IS : 1875, 2004, 5517,6967

3930,

IS : 1t;X,7 2004, 3930,

4oc8 45C8

(C35) ( C35Mn75 - )

(C40)

(C45)

@35-0.45 O-40-050

0%0-O% 0*60@0

IS : 5517,7226, 7283 IS : 1875,2004, 2507,

3930, 3261,5517

5oc4 5Oc8 5OC12 55c4

(C50) -

(CSOML )

(C55)

0-45-O-55 0.45.q55 O-45-0.65 0.50.0.60

O-30-O-60 0’60-0~ 1~10-1’40 0’30-060

. IS : 5517

IS : 2507, 3885, 3930 7226.8054.8055

5503 ( C55Mn72) @50-OfrJ o%O-0.90 IS : ;8;; 3445; 5517,

6Oc4 6OC6 65C6

(C60)

(0)

0.55-0.65 O%W60 0.55~0.65 ~50-0*80 @60-O-70 0’50-0-80

7OC6 (C70) 0*65-0.75 0*50-0.80

75C6 (C75) 0*70-0.80 0.50.0.80

8OC6 (C80) 0.75-0.85 @50-O-80

85C6 (C85) 0.80.0.90 0.50-O-80

98C6 (C98) 090-1.05 0*50-O-80

llYC6 ( Cl13 ) 1.05-l-20 0*50-0.80

IS : 1875, 2004,2507, 4072

IS : 2507,4072,7226 IS : 2507, 3885 IS : 2507.4072 IS : 2507,7226 IS ~2507, 3195, 7226 IS : 3195

IS : 1570(Part 2Bec 1) - 1979

2.3 This schedule includes specified tensile properties applicable to the different conditions, for example, Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized conditions. These values are based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes,some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition, or conversely, of the specified composition for a particular range .of tensile’ strength, may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars and for hardened and tempered bars and forgings, together with the &es, to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives-the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of case- hardened parts after refining and quenching. Some of the steels are used in the form of sheet and strip and tubes and the tensile properties of these are given in Tables 6, 7 and 8. For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as specification requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Tables 9 and 10.

2.4 In addition, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation -corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test depending on the form of the material; for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars; unniachined Found test pieces for small size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates, for larger size round bars and for square bars, and forgings. Since the percentage elongation depends on the relation between the gauge length and the cross-sectional area of the test piece, specified minimum values for the percentage elox?gation for the different types of test pieces are included in the schedule. These elongation values given are based dn a gauge length of 5*65drwhich is now internationally accepted. If test pieces of other than 5*6Wxgauge length are used, elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974*.

2.5 For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should be’ based on the recently adopted formulae of either ,950 divided by ! the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to P65dxor of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to 44x

2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening and tempering is sometimes assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in speci&a- tions; if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule,

*Method for elongation conversions for steel (jut revision).

6

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SEGTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT-ROLLED OR NORMALIZED

CONDITION

( Clause 2.3)

DESIGNATION ~_____A-__~

New Old

(1) (2)

TENSILE STRENGTH

ELONQATIO& PEBCENT, ‘Min

(3)

MPa*

(4)

7c4 (C07) 320-400 27 lOC4 (ClO) 340-420 26 14C6 (Cl4) 370.458 26 15c4 (C15) 370490 25 15C8 ( Cl5MnZ_5 ) 420-500 25

2OC8 (C20) 448-520 24 25C4 ( C25 ) 448-548 23 25C8 ( C25MnF ) 470-570 22

3OC8 (C30) 500-600 21 35c4 (C35) 520-620 20

35C8 ( C35Mn7J ) 550-650 20

4OC8 (C40) 580680 18

4568 (C45) 630-7 10 15

5oc4 (C50) 660-780 13

5oc13 ( C50Mnl) 720 Min 11

55C8 ( C55Mn75) 720 Min 13

6OC4 (C60)- 750 Min 11

65C6 (C65) 750 Min 10

NOTE - Minimum values for the yield stress may be required in certain specifications and in such cases-a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimum tensile strength should be satisfactory.

+lMPa = lN/mme = O-102 0 kgf/mme.

2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which’ should be included in the specification.

2.8 Any tests, for example, bend test, flattening tests on tube, etc, additional to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.

7

TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILB LIMITS FOR COLD-DRAWN BABS 5

[ Clauru 0.3(d) and 2.3 ]

DEBIQNATION UP TO 20 XIim Ovm 20 mm cl----y #---A---_~ New

UPTo4Omm Old Tensile

Strength Elongation c--hp-l

Percent, Min Tensile Min

Elongation Strength Percent, Min

bfin

(1) (2) 00

(3) (4) (5) (6) MPa+ MPa@

1oc4 (ClO) 490 11 450 13 15C8 (C15Mn%) 540 11 510 13

2OC8 (C20) 540 10 510 12 3OC8 (C30) 610 9 570 10 4OC8 (C40) 640 8 610 9

5oc4 (C4.0) 670 7 630 8

55C8 ( C55Mnz) 730 7 690 8

OvEa 40 mm UP TO 63 mm

‘Tensile---y

“Zgth

Elongation Percent, iUia

(7) MPa*

410 470

470

530

570 610 670

(8)

15 15

15

12

10 9 9

s 0-s 63 mm I!

r-- --7 Tensile Elongation f

Strength Percent, ~Uin iuia t

3 (9) (10)

MPa*

360 18

430 18

430 18

490 15

540 12

590 10

630 10

*IMPa = lN/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mm%

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIBS FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDBNBD AND TBMPERBD CONDlTION

( Claus& 2.3 )

DESIONATION TENSILE YIRLD IZOU LIMITING r--> STWN~TH STREsfB

ELONGATION, IMPACT RULTN~

New Old PERCENT,

Min Mill SECTlOlZ

(1r sPlroxrIED)

VALUE,

Ma

(IS SFEOUIED)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) MPae MPae Joules mm

3OCJ3 (C3O) 600-750 rww) 18 55 30

35C8 ( C35Mns) 600-750 400 18 55 63

44x8

45c8

18 17

::

41 100 35 30

:: .lOO 30

5oc4 (C5O) 700-850 46O 15 - 63 800-950 540 1s - 30

*IMPa = lN/mmr I 0.102 0 kgf/mm%

15 13

TABLB 5s;~S~D~CHANICAL PROPERTIBS FOR CASE-HARDENING REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION

( CORE PROPERTIES )

( Cku.u 2.3 )

DESIGNATION r-- -&---_y

New Old

(1) (2)

lOC4 (ClO) 14c6 (Cl4)

15c8 2oc8

(C15Mn75)

(C2O)

TENSILBI STSENQTE,

Min

(3) MPa*

500

500

500 500

ELONGATION, IZOD IVPA~T LIXITIN~ PEWENT, Min VALUE, Min RULING

(II SPWI~IED) SECTION

(4) (5) (6)

17

Joules mm

55 15

17

17

55

55

Over 15 U$F 30

16 55 30

l lMPa = lN\mm* = O-102 0 kgf/mma.

9

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED AND ANNEALED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

DESIGNATION TENSILE _--h--_-y STREFXITH

New Old Min

(1) (2) (3) MPa*

7c4 (CO71 300-380

1oc4 (Cl01 320-400

15c4 (C’5) 320-440

2OC8 (C20) 390-510

l lMPa = lN/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mmR

E~~NCUTION, PERCENT, Min, TEST PIECE, WIDTH 12.5 mm,

GAUQB LENQTH 50 mm

(4)

28

28

25

25

TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

DESIGNATION T__-* ---7

New Old

(1) (2)

CONDITXON

(3)

TENSILE STRBN~TE

(4) MPa+

1x4 (Cl51 r Quarter hard

(I iZtfhard

390-470 470-570 570 Min

l lMPa = lN/mme = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%

10

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

TABLE 8 SPECIFIED -TENSILE LIMITS FOR, TUBES IN THE COLD-DRAWN AND ANNEALED CONDITION AND IN THE COLD-DRAWN

OR COLD-DRAWN AND TEMPERED CONDITION

( Clause 2.3 )

DESIQNATI~N COLD-DRAWN r-h___-) AND ANNEALED New Old --_-m-7

Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,

Min Min

(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*

14C6 15C4 320 170 15C8 ( C15Mn7.5 )

’ 2OC8 (C20)-‘- 370 220

2X4 25C8 (C&!n!75 _> ) 390 250

35c4 35C8 ( &-it\5 ) 440 280

45c:a 5OC12 (C45)_ 1 ( C50Mnl ) 520 340 J

COLD-DRAWNOB COLD-DRAWN ANDTEMPERED

r---_-h---y Tensile Yield

Strength, Stress, Min Mi?l

(5) (6) MPa* MPa*

EI,~N~ATIoN ~PEIICENT,

Min

(7)

440

~520

500

33 1

42 2;; on gauge length

= 5*651/T

46 I or

580 47 -!l!F on gauge length

! 700 60 1

= 41/A

J *lMPa = lN/mma = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.

TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING

( Claw 2.3 ) \~IDTIi OF THICKNESSOFSECTICIN SECTION ______---__L--_--_-_------_---\

10 20 mm mm

(1) (2) (3) mm mm mm

:x 10 14 ;;

4”: 16 17 22: 50 17 31

:: ii 17 32 32

100 120 :: 3333 140 160 180 200 225

17 33 17 33

:: z 17 53

250 17 300 :: 350 and over :: 33

30 40 50 60 80 100 mm mm mm mm mm mm DIAMETER O~EQUIVALENTROUNDS

(4) (5) (6) (7) (3) (9) mm -

s 40 43 46 47 48 48

mm mm mm - - -

mm mm .- -

- -

87 1 1:; 117 108

108 125 48 63 77 9, 112 131 48 63 77 91 115 136 48 63 78 z; 117 140

:t 63 5:

:: 92 119 120 143 145 48 49 63 7788 !z

121 148 121 150

120 mm

(10) mm

- - - -

-

130 146 148 154 X X X % X

140 . mm

(11) mm

- - - -

l:i2 X X X X X X X


11

IS : 157O(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979


( C&use 2i3 )

THICENEFM or SBCTION WIDTH OF SECTION

(1)

mm

10 20 30 40 50 60 80

100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 390 350 and over

10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

DIAMETEB OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS

(3) (21 mm

10 13 15 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 20

(4) mm

(5) (6) mm mm

(7) 03) (9) (10) (11) mm mm mm mm mm

-

20 24 27 29 30 32 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 37 39

- -

30 34 38 41 45 47 49 50 51 51 52 52 53 54 59

- 1w) 1 45 51 49 55 54 62 58 68 62 72 64 76 66 79 67 81 68 83 69 85 70 86 71 88 78 97

- -

- -

61 70 76 82 86 90 93 95 98

100 104 115

- -

81 90 98

104 109 114 117 121 125 131 152

102 111 119 126 132 137 142 147 155

X

120 140 . mm mm

- - - - - - - - - - - _- - - - _c

122 - 132 142 140 152 148 x 154 x

x x x x x x x x


12

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

APPENDIX A ( Clause 0.4 )


A-l. GENERAL

A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 a Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974*.

A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMICAL COMPOSITION

A-2.1 Unalloyed Steels ( as Defined in IS I 759&1974t ) - The code designation shall consist of the following in the order given:

a) Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon content,

b) Letter ‘ C ‘, and

c) Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese content. The figure after multiplying shall be rounded off to the nearest integer according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960$

d) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as fellows:

1) Method of designation- Depending on whethe: the steel is killed, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:

i) R - rimming steel, and ii) K = killed steel.

NOTE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of-semi-killed type.

2) Steel quality - The following symbols shall be used to indicate steel quality:

Q1 = non-ageing quality, Q2 p= freedom from flakes, Q3 - grain size controlled,. Q4= inclusion controlled, and Q5 = internal homogeneity guaranteed.

*Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols. *Classification of steels. JRules for rounding off numerical values (ret&i).

13

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

3) Degree of )wity-- The sulphur and phosphorus analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:

levels ( ladle

Symbol Maximum Content in Percent _--___A-__---,

Phosphorus Sulphur

P25 0.025 0.025 P35 0.035 0.035 P50 0.050 o-050 P70 o-070 0*070


The above symbols use the letter ’ P ’ followed by 1000 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus, In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not -same, the following procedure shall be followed:

Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by: a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off * to the nearest

integer. b) 100 times &e maximum phosphorus rounded off * to the nearest

integer.

Example:

Maximum sulphur = O-045 percent Maximum phosphorus = 0,035 percent

Designation: SP 44. 4) Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as deter-

mined .by tests mutually agreed between the supplier and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols: W = fusion weldable, and W1 = weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable.

5) Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbol * B ‘, ‘ BO ‘, ‘ B2 ’ or x B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test,

For steels B, ~BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.

*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in 1s : Z-1960 Rules for ,rounding off numerical values (revtied ).

14

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979


Steels S’ecijied UTS Range r__________-_h_ -------------T

370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* ~~~~~~-_~~ r-W----_A--,~

Energy Tempe- Energy Tempe- rature rature

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

J “C J “C

B 28 27 40 27

BO 28 0 28 -10 40 0

B2 28 -20 28 -30 40 -20

B4 28 -40 28 -50 40 -40

6) Surface condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition: Sl = deseemed or scarfed; S2 = descaled; s3 = pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); S4 = shot, grit or sand blasted; S5 = peeled ( skinned ); S6 = bright drawn or cold rolled; and S7 = ground.

NOTE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or as- forged condition.

7) Formability ( applicable to sheet only ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:

Dl = drawing quality, D2 = deep drawing quality, and D3 = extra deep drawing quality.

NOTE- If no symbol is used, it shall quality.

mean that the steel is of commercial

*lMPa = lN/mmg = 0,102 0 kgf/mm?

15

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

8) Surface jnish ( upjdicable to sheet only) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:

Fl I general purpose finish, F2 = full finish, F3 = exposed, F4 = unexposed, F5 s matt finish, F6 = bright finish, F7 =i plating finish, F8 = unpolished finish, F9 = polished finish,

FlO = polished and coloured blue,

Fll = polished and coloured yellow,

F12 = mirror finish, F13 = vitreous enamel finish, and

F14 = direct annealed finish.

9) Treatment-The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel: Tl = shot-peened, T2 = hard-drawn,

T3 = normalized*, T4 s controlled rolled, T5 = annealed,

T6 = patented, T7 = solution-treated,

T8 I solution-treated and aged, T9 = controlled cooled,

TlO = bright annealed,

T11 = spherodized, T 12 =is stress-relieved,

T13 = case-hardened*, and

T14 s1 hardened and tempered. NOTIC - If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.


16

1s : 1570(Parf 2/Set 1) - 1979

10) Elevated tem#erature properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However, in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.

11) Cryogenic qualify- For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall he used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designation.

Examples:

21C5BO Semi-killed steel with average 0.25 percent carbon and 0.5 percent manganese content and resistance to brittle fracture grade BO.

45ClOW Steel with average 0.45 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and guaranteed fusion weldable.

17

IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979

( Confind from -page 2 )

MtTlbnS Snxu M. K. DUTTA

Representing Steel Authority of India

Plant ), Durgapur Snrtr R. C. JHA ( Alternate )

JOINT DIRECTOR (MET), MinistryofRailways RESEAROH DESIGNS & *

Ltd ( Durgapur Steel

STANDARDS ORQANIZATION ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alternate )

DR N. KONDAL Rno Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay SHRI K. BALARAMAYOORTHY ( Alternate )

DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, Ranchi DH R. V. PATHY* Allov Steels Producers Association of India,

SI~RI M. K. PRAMANIE S~IRI R. C. PRASAII

SI~RI D. K. DAS ( Alferaate) Srin~ A. K. ROY

SSllI A. R. V. SURRAMANIAN

DR G. VENKATARAMAN

Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers, Bombay

Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Khopoli Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli

*Dr B. V. Psthy is also alternate to Shrl A. R. V. Eubramanlan represecting &hi&a Uglne Steel 00 Ltd. Khopoll.

18


Heedctuartem

,Manak Bhavan. 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131, 323 3375. 323 9402 Fax :91 113234062, 91113239399, 91113239382

Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to ail Offices)

Central Laboratory: Telephone

Plot No. 20/9. Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, SAHIBABAD 201010 8-77 00 32

Regional Offlcee:

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 BahadurShah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 323 76 17

‘Eastern : l/l4 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA709054 337 86 62

-Northern : SC0 335336. Sector 34-A. CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43

Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 23 15

twestern : Manakalaya. E9 Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093

Branch Offices:

‘Pushpak’. Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001 550 13 48

SPeenya Industrial Area, 1st Stage, Bangalore - Tumkur Road, 839 49 55 BANGALORE 560058

Gangotri Complex. 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T. T Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21

Plot No. 62-63. Unit VI. Ganga Nagar. BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27 rs.

Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, CO&tBATORE 641037 21 01 41


Savitri Complex, 116 G. T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 19 96

5315 Ward No. 29, R. G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 541137

5-8-58C. L. N. Gupta Marg. Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 20 10 83


1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar. KANPUR 208005 21 68 76

Seth Bhawan. 2nd Floor, Behind .Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 23 89 23 LUCKNOW 226001

Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013

T. C. No. 14/1421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM 695034

NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010

Institution of Engineers ( India ) Building, 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005

26 23 05

6 21 17

52 51 71

32 36 35

‘Sales Office is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P. 0. Princep Street, CALCUTTA 700072

tSales Office is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007

*Sales Office is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002

27 10 85

309 65 28

222 39 71

Frinled at NW India Printtng Press, KhurJa. lnti

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 19W

Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT FTEELS


Section 2 Carbon Steel Wires with Related Properties

( First Revision )

Alloy Steels and Special Steels Section-al Committee, SMIIIC 19

Chairman Repre:enfing

DR G. MUKHERJEE

Members

Steel Authority of India Ltd, New Delhi

ADDITIONAL DIRECTOR ( MET ) JOINT DIRECTOR ( CHE~IICAL )

SHRI BALKRISKAN AGO ARW AL SHRI H. S. GUPTA ( Allernalc )

Ministry of Railways ( Alternate ) Federation of Engineering Industries of India

M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta SHRI S. K. BASU SHRI C. J, DAVE ( Allcrnate )

SHRI J. N. BHATTACHARYYA National Test House, Calcutta SHRI S. C. BHAWAL ( Alternate )

SHRI A. K. CHAKRABORTY Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI S. N. SARVAR ( Allernate )

SHRI D. K. DAS SHRI B. P. SINGH ( Alternate )

Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

DEPUTY DIRECTOR INSPECTION Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi

SHRI D. K. PAUI. ( Alternate) SHRI A. D. DIAS Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay SHRI D. GADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd ( Special Alloy Steel,

Division ), Navsari _

SHRI ASIM CHATTEKJEE ( Alternate ) GENERAL MANAGER Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad

DR M. NA~ESEWAR RAO ( Alternate ) SHRI J. L. GOYAL Modern Steel Ltd, Mandi Gobind Garh SHRI R. C. JHA Alloys Steels Plant ( SAIL ), Durgapur SHRI S. KUMAR Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay

SHRI VIPON CEIOPRA ( A/ternafe )



This publication is protected under the Indian CoFyigh6 Act ( XIV of 1957 ) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written ‘permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

c

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

( Continued from page l )

Members

DR D. P. LAHIRI SRRI I. N. BR.QIA ( Alternate)

SHRI LAXMAN MISHRA

Representing

Ministry of Defame ( R&D )

Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi

SHRI S. S. KHOSLA ( Alternate) DR T. MUKHERJEE Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

SHRI A. N. MITRA ( Alternate) DR S. K. MONDAL Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,

Jamshedpur DR P. G. RENAVII~ER ( Alternate )

SHRI D. B. MOHORIL Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta DR K. SUBRAMANYAM ( Alternate) .

SERI P. NARAIN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay SHRI C. R. SHAXXA ( Alternate )

SHRI I. K. NAYAR Firth ( India ) Steel Co .td, Thane SHRI K. A. SHEROY ( Alternate)

DR R. V. PATHY Alloy Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SHRI G. R. PRAKASIX Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati

SHRI B. HARIDASA ACHAR ( Alternate ) SHRI M. K. PRAE~~NIK Ministry of Steel & Mines ( Iron & Steel Control ),

Calcutta SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )

SHRI RAG~UBIR SIN~H National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), .Jamshedpur

SHRI S. RAJAGOPALAN Addison & Co Ltd, Madras SHRI V. SRJNIVASAN ( Alternate )

DR V. RAM~SWAMY Research and Development Centre for Iron and Steel ( SAIL ), Ranchi

SHRI S. R. M~DIRATTA ( Alternate ) SHRI H. S. RAMCHANDRA HMT Ltd

SRRI P. RA~~A PRASAD ( Alternate I ) SHRI A. S~ANTHARAM ( Alternate II ) SHRI V. N. VEN~ATESAN ( Alternate III )

REPRESENTATIVE Modi Steels, Modi Nagar SHRI M. K. SIN Ministry of Defence ( DGI )

SHRI K. L. CRAKRAROTTY ( Alternate) SHRI B. K. SHARMAH Ministry of Defence ( OFB )

SHRI A. K. BANGA ( Alternate ) SHRI B. MUKHIRJI, Director General, BIS ( Ex-o$Ecio Member )

Director ( Strut and Met )

Secretary

SHRI S. K. PANJA Assistant Director ( Metals ), BIS

L


2

IS: 1570 ( Part 2jSec 2 ) - 1987



Section 2 Carbon Steel Wires with Related Properties

( First Revision )

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 2;Sec 2 ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards on 25 .June 1987, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 Schedules, for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:

Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties.

Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels ), Section 1 Wrouqht products

Part 3

Part 4

Part 5

Part 6

Part 7

( other than wires ) with specified chemical comI)osiiion and related properties.

Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels.

Alloy steels ( alloy constructional and spring steels ) with specified chemical composition and related mechanical properties ( under revision ).

Stainless and heat resisting steels.

Alloy tool steels ( under revision ).

Steels for elevated temperature services ( creep resisting steels ) ( under rerhion ).


a) Tensile strength values are given in MPa instead of kg/mmz.

b) The detailed mechanical properties of different types of wires for various end use< have been included.

3

IS r 1570 ( Part PjSec 2 > - 1987

1. SCOPE

1.1 This schedule ( Part 2iSec 2 ) is applicable to wire produced from carbon steels for a wide variety of purposes.

2. GENERAL

2.1 In many cases, the necessary properties are produced in the wire by cold drawing rod or wire, after appropriate heat treatment, from a predetermined size to the required diameter. As the tensile strength thus attained is a function of both the initial and final diameters, by selection of’ a steel of suitable composition, appropriate preliminary heat treatment, for example, annealing or patenting; and appropriate initial diameter; a wide variety of tensile strengths may be obtained. The very high tensile strength can, however, only be attained in the smaller sizes owing to the large amount of cold drawing required.

In many cases, it is sufficient to specify the tensile properties without specifying a chemical composition, other than the maximum permissible limits of sulphur and phosphorus, but when detailed chemical composition is considered necessary, these may be selected from steels in Part 2, Set 1 in relation to the diameter of the wire and the tensile strength level required.

Table 1 specifies the tensile strength limits for mild steel wire while Tables 2 to 13 refer to drawn wire for wood screws, rivets, spokes and nipples, bead wire for tyres, staple pins, needles, umbrella ribs, split pins ten&e

reeds and steel wire for aluminium conductors. The specified properties for hard drawn wire for ropes, upholstery springs,

telegraph and telephone wires , are covered in Tables 14 to 18.

cold formed springs, valve springs, etc, The hard drawn wires for prestressed

concrete and concrete reinforcement are covered in Tables 19-22.

Any tests, additional to the tensile test, for example, torsion test, wrapping test, etc, should be specified in the standard as appropriate.

TABLE 1 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL WIRE

( Clause 2.1 )

CONI~ITION TENSILE STRENGTH MPa

Annealed 500 MUX

Soft drawn 550 Max

3 Hard 450-650

4 Hard 600-800

Hard 700-959

4

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Sec2 ) * 1987

TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR WIRE FOR WOOD SCREWS AND MACHINE SCREWS

( Clause 2.1 )

TEPI’SILE ST~ESGTH MPa

Wood screw

Machine screw - Grade I

Grade II

460 Min

440-590

590-780

TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR STEEL WIRE FOR COLD-FORGED RIVETS ( UP TO 20 mm )

( Clause 2.1 )

Annealed condition

As drawn condition

TENSILE YIELD STn?ZSS ELONGATIOX, PERCENT STRENGTH MPa

Min Min ( ON GAUGE LENGTH )

h4Pa 5.65 d/

330-410 160 30

410-490 190 20

TABLE 4 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR SP-OKES AND NIPPLES

( Clause 2.1 )

TENSI~ESTRESGTH MPa

Spoke 1 000-l 300

Nipple 490-640

TABLE 5 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR BEAD WIRE FOR TYRES

( Clause 2.1 )

+$IZE OB WIRE TENSILE STRENGTII ELONGATION AT MPa ( Min ) 2Oy&m,~T”” 1

I mm Min

0.965 1 860 3

1.80 1 720 1 470 3”

1.83 1 720 3 2’49 1 420 4

NOTE - Bronze, brass and copper plated wires shall be heated in superheated steam at 150°C for one hour before testing.

1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 1 hlN/m* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm2.

5

IS : 1570 ( Part Z/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR STAPLES, PINS AND CLIPS

( Clause 2.1 ) TSPE TENSII,E STRENGTH

MPa

1 590-880

2 685-980

3 1 175-I 570

TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILEIJMLTS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR NEEDLES

( Clause 2.1 )

GRADE TENSILE STRENGTH MPa

I 610-730

II 630-760

III 490-690

TABLE 8 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR WIRE FOR UMBRELLA RIBS

( Clause 2.1 )

TYPE OF WIRE GRADE SIZE RANGE TENSILE STRENGTII mm MPa

Hardened/tempered 1 1.60-3.00 1 570-I 870

As drawn 2 1.60-4.00 1 270-I 570

As drawn 3 1’60-2’50 1 570-l 870

TABLE 9 SPECIFIED TENSILE

NOMINAL SIZE GARDE LENGTH (----h--_~ Over up to mm

- 1’6 125

1.6 4 250

PROPERTIES FOR WIRE FORLSPLIT PINS

( Clause 2.1 )

TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION, PERCENT

MPa, Max Min

450 10

450 10

4 8 times:the nominal .vze

450 20

TABLE 10 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR REEDS

( Clause 2. I ) TENSILE STRENGTH

MPa

600-900

6

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 11 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR HEALD

( Clause 2.1 )

TENSILE STRENGTH

MPa

1 100 Allin Hardened and tempered

a) 1 300-I 700 1

b) 1 600-Z 000 I) Patented and drawn

TABLE 12 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR DRAWN TINNED STEEL WIRE FOR BANDING ARMATURES AND ROTORS

( Clause 2.1 )

TENSILE STRENGTH @2 PERCENTPROOFSTRESS MPa, Min MPa, Min

1 760 1 280

TABLE 13 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR ALUMINIZED STEEL CORE WIRE FOR ALUMINIUM CONDUCTORS ( ACSR )

( Clnuse 2.1 )

NOWNAL DIAXETEIL TENSILE STRESS AT 1 PERCENT ELONGATION PERCENT mm STRENQTH EXTENSION

r---_--h----~ MPa, Mtn Min Over up to Mh MPa ( Gauge Length = 250 mm )

1.25 2.24 1 275 1 170 3.5

2.24 3-15 1240 1 100 4.0

~3.15 3.55 1 205 1 030 4.0

3.55 3.76 1 170 1 000 5.0

3.75 1 135 930 5.0

TABLE 14 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR ROPES

( Clause 2.1 )

L

TENSILE DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH MPa

1230 1 230-I 620

1420 1 420-I 810

15io 1 570-l 960

1770 1 770-Z 160

1960 1 960-Z 340

7

IS : 1570 ( Part P/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 15 SPECIFIED BREAKING LOAD FOR STEEL WERE FOR TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE

( Clnusc 2.1 )

NOMINAL DIlMgTER BREAKING LOAD*, N mm Min

1.50

1.80

2’0

2.12

2.50

2’80

3.55

40

5’60 *The values arc based on nominal diameter of wire.

660

940

1 160

1 305

1815

2 295

3 660

4 680

9 170

TABLE 16 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR UPHOLSTERY SPRING

( Clause 2.1 )

NOMINAL DIAMETER mm

1.20 to 2.00

2.10 to 2.65

2’80 to 3.55

4’00

TENSILE STREXGT~X, MPa r-______h__-----_~

Grade I Grade II

1 700-2 000 2 000 to 2 300

1 550-l 750 1 750-l 950

1 450-I 650 1 600-l 800

1 450 Min 1 450 Min

TABLE 17 -PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS

( Clause 2.1 )

UNCOATED WIRE DI i\

( NOMINAL ) mm

TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa, Min R+JDUC?~ION IN AREA, L r-G;axe-l- -----*-Gya-e-3-----;e; PERCENT,

Grade 2 Min

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

0’07 - - 2 550 - -

0.08 - - 2 540 - -

0.09 - - 2 530 - -

0.10 - - 2 530 - -

( Continued )

8

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 17 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS - Contd

UNCOATED WIRE DIA ( NOMINAL )

mm

TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa, Min REDUCTION IN AREA, ~-_-_-_---h__--____~ PERCEINT,

Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Min

(1) P-9 (3) (4) (5: (6)

0.11

0’12

0.14

0.16

0.18

0.20

0.22

0.25

0.28

0.30

0.32

0.34

0.36

0.38

0’40

0.43

0.45

0.48

0.50

0.53

0.56

0.60

0’63

0.65

0’70

0’75

0.80

0.85

0.90

0’95

1’00

1.05 1’10

- - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- -

- -

- -

- -

1 720 2 060

1710 2 050

1 710 2 050

1 700 2 040

1 700 2 040

1 700 2 040

1 690 2 030

1 680 2 020

1 680 2 020

1 670 2 010

1 660 2 000

1 660 2 000

1 650 1 990

1 640 1 980

1 640 1 980

1 630 1 970

1 620 1 960

1 610 1 950

1 600 1 930

1 590 1 920

1 580 1910

1 570 1 900

1 560 1 890 1 550 1 880

2 520

2 520

2 510

2 500

2 500

2 490

2 480

2 470

2 460

2 460

2 450

2 450

2 440

2 430

2 430

2 420

2 410

2 400

2 390

2 380

2 370

2 360

2 340

2 330

2 320

2 300

2 280

2 260

2 250

2 250

2 240

2 210 2 190

-

2 700

2 680

2 670

2 660

2 660

2 650

2 640

2 630

2 620

2 620

2 610

2 600

2 590

2 580

2 570

2 560

2 550

2 540

2 540

2 530

2 500

2 480

2 460

2 440

2 420

2 400

2 3801 2 3701

- - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -_ - - -

40

( Continued )

9

IS : 1570 ( Part P/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 17 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS - Contd

UNCOATED TENSILE STRENQ~H, MPa, Min REDUCTION IN AX-EA, WTRE nr A -_------_- h_-_-,-__-~ PORTEND,

( N&INAL ) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Min

(3) 1 860 1 850 1 840 1820 1 800 1 780 1 760 1 750 1 730 1 720 1 700 1 680 1 660 1 640 1 620 1 600 1 570 1 550

(4) 2 170 2 140 2 130 2 110 2 100 2 080 2 050 2 030 2 010 1 990 1 960 1 940 1910 1 890 1 860 1 840 1 830

(5)

“2”3”5”0 2 300 2 290 2 260 2 250 2 220 2 190 2 180 2 160 2 130 2 100 2 070 2 050 2 030 2 000 1 980 1 960

(6)

40

mm

(1) 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1’70 l-80

(2) 1 540 1 530 1 520 1 500 1 490 1 470 1 460 1 440 1 430 1 420 1410 1 400

1’90 2’0 2.1 2.25 2.40 2.5 2.6

;::

;:;

33::

4.0 4.25 45 4.75 5.0 5.3 5%

;:“3

6.5 7.0

;:;

8.5

380 370 360 340 320 310 290 270 260

250 250 230 210 190 170 150 130 120 110 090

070 050 020

:’ 1 1 1 1 1 790

1 760 1 750 1 720

1 700 1 680 1 660 1 620

600 570 550 530

: 530 510

1 490

480 460 440 420 390 370 350 320 310 290 260

250 220 200

920 i 890 860 1 840-l 820 , 800 1 770 1

1 750 1 1 720 ) 1 690 1

1

1 1

35

1 670 / 1 640 I 1 620’1 16lOJ

1 500 1 480 1 460

1430 1 400 1 370 1 350

1310 1 290

- -

1 570 1 1 540 ! 1 500 t

30

14801 9’0 1 000

*E 990 980 10.5 - 11’0 - 12’0 - 12.5 - 13.0 - 14.0 - 15.0 - 16.0 - 17.0 -

1 180

1 150 1 130 1 100 1 080 1 040 1 030 1 020

990

c

- -

- - - -

- - 970 960 950

- - -

-

NOTE 1 - 1 MPa = 1 N/mm” = 1 MN/m2 = 0.1 020 kgf/mm2.

NOTE 2 -The maximum tensile strength of a particular grade shall be the minimum tensile strength of the next higher grade subject to a maximum range of 250 N/mm2 between the maximum and the minimum. In case of Grade 4, the higher limit may be mutually agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.

10

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 18 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF OIL HARDENED AND TEMPERED SPRXNG STEEL WIRE AND VALVE SPRING WIRE

( Clause 2.1 )

WIRE DIA ( NOMINAL )

1.00 1’05 I.10

1.20 I.25 1.30 1.40 -

1’50 1’60 1.70 1.80 1’90

--

;:y

2.25 2.4

--.--__ 2’5

22:; ------_

3.0 3.2

--_--_ 3.4

---____

33:; -------

40 ----__

425 -----__

z5 5.0

-----_

2:; v--w-_

6.0 --

-

TOLERANCE

727

-f 0.015

& 0.020

& 0.030

* 0.04

& 0.06

r

-

-

I

-

TENSILE STKENG’IH, MPa, Min, BOB

REDUCTION IN AREA,

GRADES PERCENT, Min, FOR

GRADES -__--h__--~

SW VW (------h_---~

SW VW (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 760 1 670

I &O 1 ‘s90 --____.._-__-

1 720 1 620

120 1 %O

1 670 1 570

1 zo 1 &o

45 45

1 620 1 520

I$0 1 tzo

----__---___ 1 570 1 470

1 f7020 l%O

1 520 1 430

1 I%0 1 t5030 i

-------__--__ 1 480 1 400

1 fGo30 1 ?oo -_-_-__--__-_- c

_-w-m--_____

42 42 1 440 1 370

to 1 590 l%O ------_--_.-_-

--.--_--__-___-_

1 400 1 340

1 &o lf400 40 40

( Continued)

11

IS :1570(Part P/See2 ) -1987

TABLE 18 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF OIL HARDENED AND TEMPERED SPRING STEEL WIRE AND VALVE SPRING WIRE - Contd

WIREDIA TOLERANCE (NOMINAL)

TENSILESTRENOTH, MPa, Min, ROK

GRADES

REDUCTIONIN AREA, PERCENT, Min, BOR.

GRADES

6.3 ------_-

6’5 7.0 7’5 & 0.06 _---__- 8’0

-----__ 8.5

_______ --------__- 9’0 9.5

-----me- f 0.08

10’0 I__-___- _______-___

10 5 11’0 12.0 12’5 * 0.12 13.0 14.0

1 360 1 300 40 40

$0 ltiOO j --_......---_--_-_ 38 38

__---_--_--- I I 1 290

l &o -

-___-_-

_-----

------__---_

1 250

I ‘_ 35

l%O -

I :

NOTE -lN/mm* = lMN/mz = 0*102Okgf/mm2.

TABLE 19 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

( Cluusc 2.1 )

NOMINALDIADZETEP. TENSILE STRENGTH mm MPa

Min

3.25 1 765

400 1715

5.00 1 570 c NOTE - 1 N/mm2 = 1 MN/m2 = 0*1020kgf/mm*.

12

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 20 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD DRAWN AND STRESS RELIEVED WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

( Cfausc 2.: )

NOMINAL DrAnwrx:lr TENSILE STRENGTH, Min ELONQATION, PERCENT mm MPa Mm ( GL 200 mm )

2.50 2 010 2-50

3.00 1 860 2’50

4.00 1715 390

5.00 1 570 4-00

7.00 1 470 490

8.00 1 370 400

TABLE 21 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

( Clause 2.1 )

TENSILE STRIZNGTII 0.2 PERCENT PUOOF ELONQATION, PERCENT STRESS (GLBD)

MPa MPa

570, Min _: ‘* .I 480, Min 7.5 Min ,~..

TABLE 22 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR INDENTED HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

( Clause 2.1 )

NOMINAL DIAMW~EI~. TENSILE STRENGTH 0.2 PERCENT PROOF ELONGATIONPER- Min STRESS, Min CENT, Min

mm M Pa MPa (GL200mm)

5.00 1 570 1 335 3.5

4.00 I715 1 460 3

3.00 1 860 1 580 2-5

c

13

IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987

( Cxztinued from page 2 )

Subcommittee for Revision of IS : 1570, SMDC I9 : 5

CO?lW?lH Rcpressnting

SHRI P. K. CAAKRAVARTY M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

Members

SHRI A.K. CEAKRAVORTY Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI K. L. CHAKRAB~RTY Ministry of Defence ( DGI )

&RI G. N. KHADENQAN ( Alternate ) DR S. CHAKRAVORTY Usha Alloy and Steels Ltd, .Jamshrdpur SHRI K. BALARAMAMURTRY Nuclear Fuel Complex, Hyderabad

SHRI R. KALIDAB ( Ahmzte ) SHRI R. C. JHA JOINT DIRECTOR ( MET ), RDSO

Alloy Steels Plant ( SAIL ), Durgapur Ministry of Railways

ASSISTANT DIRXOTOR, RDSO ( Alternate ) DR K. V. KRISHNA~~URTHY Sundaram Fasteners Ltd, Madras

SHRI D. JAYARAMAN ( Alternate ) SHRI A. N. ~MITRA Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

SHRI SURESH GUPTA ( Alternate ) DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd,Ranchi SERI PRAEASH NARAIN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay

SHRI R. BALAJI ( Alternate ) DR R. V. PATIIY Alloy Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SRRI M. K. PRAMANIE Iron & SteeLControl, Calcutta SHRI S. PANDIT Foundry Forge Plant. Heavy Engineering Corpo-

ration Ltd, Ranchi SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )

SHRI A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers’, Bombay

SHRI K. K. SEN Pratap Steel Rolling Mills Ltd, Ballabgarh SHRI S. N. SINaH DR G. VE~KATARAMAN

Tata Engineering & Locomotive Co Ltd! Jamshedpur Bbarat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchlrappalli

SHRI D. P. VERNEKAR Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. HARIDASA ACHAR ( Alternate )

14

IS : 1370

Indian Standard

SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT

(Part III) - 1979 ( RdfImd 1993)

STEELS

PART III CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE

CUTTING STEELS

( First Revision )

‘Sixth Reprint NOVEMBER 1998

UDC 669.14.018.232 (083.4)+669-15’74-194 (083.4)

Q CopyrtglJr 1979

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAPAR MARO

NEW DELHI llCNW2

cr 5 October 1979;

182 1570 ( Part III ) - a973

Indian Standard


PART ill CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE CUTTING STEELS

( First Revision )


Chairman

DR G. MIJKHER~EE

Members

SHRI A. N. BISWA~ SHRI S. K. BASU ( Alfcmate)

SHRI B. C. Bxswrs SHRI A. M. BISWAS ( Alternate )

SHRI P. K. CHAERAVARTY DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Allmate)

Sam P.K. CHATTERJEE

Rspruaaf ing

Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur

Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah



Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI P.K. GANGOPADHYAY (Altcmate)

SHRI K. M. CHAUDIIVRY National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamrhedpur

SnaI DA%I<ATIiA The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ ( Ahnate 1

S~nr S. V. DATAR khmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SHRI M. K. GHOSR (Alternate)

’ . SARI A. D. DIAS SRRI M. K. DATT~


Durgapur SHRI 12. C, JHA ( Aifnnale )

Sam S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi

SHZZI P. K. G+~E ( Alfemafe ) - Jo;;~~,~,~~cToR (MET), KESEARCH Ministry of Railways

A~YD STANDARDS ORQA~~ZAY;ON

DETUTY DIRECTOR ( MET-II ), RDSO ( Almale)

( CmJiwd on pug6 2 )

@ Cogyri~hl 1979

BUREAU OF INDlAN STANDARDS

This publication ls protected under the lndian Cogrrig!u Act (XIV of 1957) and

I

reproduction in wbole or in part by any means except with written pcrmlssion of the

publisher &all be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

IS t lS70 ( Part III ) - 1979

( Con!inucdfrom page 1 )

Members Rejmenting

Smr S. 1~. Kri~ns Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay SHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Altmat~)

SHRI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune SHRI S. S. LAKKIJNDI ( Aitsrnatr )

DR D.P. I.AHIIU Ministry of Defence ( R & D) SBRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altematr)

SI~RI K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SWRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate)

SHRI L. MISHRA Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi

SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Alternafa) SHRI A. PADMANABHAN A&ok Leyland Ltd, Madrm SHRI I. M. PAX Firth India Steel Co Ltd. Thane

SHRI B. M. Par ( AI&MLU ) Da R. V. PATTY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay; and Alloy

Steel Producen’ Association of Indra, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANA ( Altmnufr )

SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Mahindra Ugine Steel ‘Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta

&RI S. S. Sa~r ( Altnnak ) DR V. RAMASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and

Steel I HSL ), Ranchi . .. SHRI S. R. MF~IRATTA ( Ahmale )

SH~I M. RANOASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore. SHRI SANJIT SEN ( Al&ma& I ) SHRI P. RAMA PBASA~ ( Al&mafr II )

SEBI b. K. RDY The Tata Engineerihg end Locomotive CO Ltd, Jamrhedpur

DE S. K. MONDAL ( Al!nmfs) SERI D. SRINXVABAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta

DR S. K. CHATTEBJEE ( Altmak ) Smu Y. C. SUBBAHMANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SERI K. S. VAIDYANATEAN M. N. Destur h Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SARI C. J. DAVE ( AI&n& ) SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO,

Director ( Strut & Met) Director General, IS1 ( Ex-e&c Mrmbn )

SEBI VIJAY Ku- Aeeietant Director ( Metal8 ), ISI

Subcommittee for the Revision of ScheduJe for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5

Conuaur

SEBfP.K. CLCAKBAVAETY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamrhedpur

M#hTJ

Sarrx S. K. BAEV Gust, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SasrP.K. CEATTEBJEE Minirtry of Defence ( DGI )

S=xM.K.Smr (A&em&) ( amtimed on fige 17 )

2

IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979

Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS I

PART III CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE CUTTING STEELS

( First Revision ) I

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part III ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:


Part II Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels )

Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )


Part VI Tool steels


a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 (Part I )-1974t

b) Change in carbon content of grade 13S25

c) Change in mechanical properties of grad& 4OS18 and 4OMn2S12.

0.4 The method for designating free cutting rteels is detailed in Appendix A for information.

*Already publthed u IS : 1570 ( Put V )-1972. t&de for designation of StecL: Put I Bared on letter rymbolr.

3

0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed 0’; calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2‘_1960*. The number of significant places retained ih the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard,

1. SCOPE

1.1 This schedule ( Part III ) is applicable to standards for carbon and carbon-manganese free cutting steels supplied to a specified composition ( see Table 1 ).

TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE STANDARD STEELS

C Si IUn S P PERCENT PEzCENT PEBCENT PERCENT PEBCENT

* New

(1) 10c8s10

14cl4Sl4

25Cl2Sl4

4OClOSl8

1 lClOS25

4ocl5s12

Old Y

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

( lOSl1) 0.15 Max 0.05.0.30 0*60.090 O-08.0*13 0.060 Max

( 14MnlSl4) O*lO-0.18 0.05.0.30 1*20.1*50 0.10.0.18 OQ60 Max

(25MnlSl4 ) 0.20-0.30 0.25 Max 1*00-l-50 0.10.0.18 0.060 Mu

- (4OSl8_) 0.35-0-45’ 0.25 MUX 0.80.1.20 0.14-0.22 0.060 Max

(llS2_5) 0.08-0.15 0.10 &fax 0.80.1.20 0.20.&30 0.060 MOX

(4OMn2SJz) 0.35.0.45 0.25 Max l-30.1.70 098-0.15 0960 Mar

NOTE 1’ -The steel may be sup lied in killed or semi-killed type. In case of killed steel, minimum silicon level I R ould be 0.10 percent.

NOTE 2 elements.

-When required lead and other elements ‘are specified ar added

2. GENERAL

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steel8 Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.

*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( rmirrd).

4

1s :.15fO (Part IQ) - 1979

2.2 In addition to defining the composition limits, the specified mechanical properties applicable to the different conditions are included. Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized condition based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars, and,for hardened and tempered bars and forgings, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of the case-hardened parts after refining and quenching.

TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT ROLLED OR

NORMALIZED CONDITION

DESIONATION TENSILE STREXDTH ELONOATION, PEIICENT, r___--h--_--~ Mltl

New Old Gauge Length

(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa*

loc8sIo ( 10511) 370-450 24

14C14Sl4 ( 14hInlSE) 440-540 22

25ClZS14 (25MnlSE) 500-600 20

4OClOS18 (4oSlZ) 550-650 17

1 lClOS25 (llS25) 370-490 22

4OC15512 ( 4OMn2S I2 ) 600-700 15 - KOTE - Minimum values for yield stress may be rrquired in certain specilica-

tions and in such cases a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimrrm tensile strength should be satisfactory.

l l MPa = IN/mm8 = 0.102 0 kgf/mma.

2.3 For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as a specification requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required.

2.4 Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Appendix B.

2.5 In addition to the tensile ranges, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included in the Schedule. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test. The values given in this schedule are based on a gau.ge length

of 5.65 dxand if test pieces of other than 5.65 1/xgauge length are used elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974..

*Elongation conversions for rteel (Jrsf rruirion ).

5

tif ”

Y m 8

A

TABLES SPEU?IEDX7WSILEWMIT8FORCOLDDMWNMRS

( claus 2.2 )

Old Tenrile Elongation.

(1) (2)

0, 1oaBlO (‘10s~ )

14O14Sw ( 14MalSf~

25Cl2!314 (25IWSl~)

-10 ( 4oq

llCloS25 ( 1182j)

4ocwSl2 ( 4oha2S12 )

(9 bfw

500

5s

620

640

500

600

10

10

8

8

8

7

Tentile SwMzth.

(5) MPa’

460

520

560

600

440

640

10

11

10

10

11

8

Tensile

Yzlfths

(7) MP8’

420

460

520

560

UM

620

(8)

13

12

11

11

13

10

(9) MP8.

310 440

500

550

370

600

01 MPa - 1 N/mm* I @lo20 kgf/mm&

IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979

TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION

( Clause 2.2 )

DEM~NATION TENSILE YlrnL0 ELONOATI~N Imn I.ibf1T1~0 ~-.--A---- ---, STI~ENOTIi STm?Sl3, New Old

PERCENT, IMPACT RULING Min Min SECTION

(if specified) GAUQE VALUE, Min ( if

LENOTE specified ) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

MPIl, MPa* J mm

4OClOS18 ( 4OS18 ) 600-750 380 700-850 480

18 ;1 60 17 35 30

600-750 420 4OC15S12 (4OMn2S12) i 700-850 500

- 800-950 560

l l MPa = 1 N/mm2 CT 0*1020 kgf/mmr.

18 48 100 Is8 :Y 60

30

TABLE 5 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE HARDIbNING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED

CONDITION ( CORE PROPERTIES )

( Clause 2.2 )

DEEIONATION TENSILE ELONQATION,

FNZ

‘---A--y STRENGTE PERCENT, IUD IXP$~T VALUE, LIMITING

RULINO Old Min ( if specified ) SECTION

Gauge Length

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) MPa* J mm

10c8s10 ( IOSll ) 500 17 55 30

lOC14S14 ( 14M:lSlJ ) 600 17 41 30 -

l l MPa = 1 N/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mm?

2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening end tempering is sometimes assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in specifications, if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule.

2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test ramplo taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.

2.6 Any additional tests apart from those given in this schedule, should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.

7

IS: 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979

APPENDIX A ( Cluusc 0.4 )


A-l. GENERAL

A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for for~~ulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS: 1762 (Part I)-1974*.

A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMZCAL COMPOSITION

A-2.1 Unalloyed Free-Cutting-Steels - The designation shall consist Of:

a) b) 4 d)

Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon;

Letter ‘ C ‘;

Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese;

Symbol ( S ‘, ‘ S, ‘, ‘ T, ’ or ‘Pb’ depending on the element present which makes the steel free-cutting fo!lowed by the figure indicating 100 times the percentage content of the element. In the case of the phosphorized steels the symbol ‘ P ’ shall be included; and

e) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as follows:

1. Method of designation - Depending on whether the &eel is killed, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making prxtice:

i) R = rimming steel, and

ii) K = killed steel. NOTE - If no symbol is used, it rhall mean tbat the steel is of semi-killed

tYP=. 2. Steel quality - The following symbols shall be used to indicate

steel quality:

= Non-ageing quality,

= Inclusion controlled, &rd I Internal homogeneity guaranteed.

*Code for designation of rteel: Part I Based on letter symbols (jirrt rmiriiw).

28 t 1579 ( Part III ) - 1979

3. Degree of purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:

Symbol Maximum Content in Percent ~_~_~____~~h-~~~~---~

Phosphorus Sulphur

P2.5 0.025 0.025

P35 0.035 0.035

- P50 0.050 0.050

P70 0.070 0*050


The above symbols use the letter ‘ P ’ followed by 1CO times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same., the following procedure shall be followed:


a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off* to the nearest integer.

b) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to the nearest integer.

Example:

Maximum sulphur 5 O-045 percent

Maximum phosphorus c 0;035 percent

Designation: SP 44.

4. Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as determined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols:

W = Fusion weldable, and bV, = Weldable by resistance welding but not fusion

weldable.

5. Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbols ‘ B ‘, * BO ‘, ‘ B2 ’ or ‘ B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test.

For steels B, BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.

*Rounding off shall be done according to the ruler given in IS : 2-1960 Ruler for rounding off numerical valuer (r&ed).

9

1s 1 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979


Steels

(1)

SpeciJed UTS Range c------------ A-_--_--~--~__--~

370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* ~------- ----7 c-------~

Energy Temperature Energy Temperature

(2) (3) (4) J "C J

28 27 40

28 0 28 40

28 -20 28 40

28 -40 $0”

(5)

“C

27

-10 0

-30 -20

-50 -40

B

BO

B2

B4

6. Surface Condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:

Sl = Deseemed or scarfed; S2 = Descaled; s3 = Pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); s4 = Shot, grit or sand blasted; s5 = Peeled ( skinned ); S6 = Bright drawn or cold rolled: and s7 m Ground.

NOTE - If no symbol is used, it ahall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or u-forged condition.

7. Formability ( uj@hble to sheet orto ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:

Dl P Drawing quality,

D2 P Deep drawing quality, and

D3 I Extra deep drawing quality.

NOTE - If no symbol is used, it aball mean that the steel is of ordinary quditp.

+1 MPa - 1 N/mm* = O-1020 kgf/mm%

IO

8. Surface finish ( afl$dicable to sheet or@) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:

Fl = General purpose finish,

F2 = Full finish,

F3 3 Exposed,

F4 = Unexposed,

F5 - Matt finish,

F6 = Bright finish,

F7 = Plating finish,

F8 = Unpolished finish,

F9 - Polished finish,

FlO - Polished and. coloured blue,

Fll = Polished and coloured yellow,

F12 = Mirror finish,

F13 - Vitreous enamel finish, and

F14 = Direct annealed finish.

9. Treatment - The.following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel:

Tl - Shot-peened,

T2 - Hard-drawn,

T3 I Normalized*,

T4 = Controlled rolled,

T5 = Annealed,

T6 = Patented,

T7 P Solution-treated,

T8 - Solution-treated and aged,

T9 =: Controlled cooled,

TlO = Bright annealed,

Tll = Spherodixed,

T12 - Stress-relieved,

T13 = Case-hardened*, and

T14 = Hardened and tempered. Noxx - If no rynhol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.

*Including tempering if done.

11

IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979

10. Elevated temperature properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature propertics, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However. in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.

11. Cryogenic quality - For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L’ shall be used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designation.

Examples:

35ClOSl4K Free-cutting steel with average 0.35 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and O-14 percent sulphur, killed quality.

20Cl2Pbl5T14 Free-cutting steel with average 0.15 percent lead, 0 20 percent carbon and 1.2 percent manganese, hardened and tempered.

A-2.2 Free Cutting Alloy Steels - The steel designation shall be as for low, medium and high alloy steels as given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974* except that depending on the percentage of S, Se, Te, and Zr present, the designation shall also consist of the chemical symbol of the element present followed by the figure indicating 100 times its content.

Examples:

Xl5Cr25Nil5S40 Alloy free-cutting steel with carbon O-15 percent, chromium 25 percent, sulphut 0.40 percent.

nickel 15 percent and

Xl2Crl8Ni3S25 Alloy free-cutting steel with 1G percent chromium nickel 3 percent and sulphur 0.25 percent;

*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols (Jrsr rmitiom j.

12

I8 t 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979

APPENDIX B

( Clause 2.4 )

INFORMATION ON RULING SECTION

El. The mechanical properties obtained from a steel of a given composition are fundamentally influenced by the speed of cooling from a temperature above the upper critical point, that is, from the hardening or normalizing temperature. Also .for a given method of cooling, for example, oil-quenching, the rate of cooling is strongly affected by the size and shape of the part being treated. Therefore, for a steel of a given composition, the mechanical properties attained are affected not only by the method of cooling employed, but also by the size and shape of part at the time of heat treatment. Thus, although it may be possible to obtain effective hardening by oil-quenching a small section of a steel of a particular composition, it may not be possible to produce satisfactory hardening throughout the mass when parts of larger cross-sectional dimensions are oil-quenched. In such circumstances a steel of a different composition has to be selected. This inter-relation between the mechanical properties obtained and the size and shape of the part at the time of heat treatment is sometiTles referred to as ‘ mass effect ‘:

B-2. It is, therefore, necessary, when selecting the steel which should be used to attain certain specitied mechanical properties after heat treatment, to know the size and shape of the part to be. heat-treated. The cross-sectional dimensions of that portion of the forging or part, where it is most important to obtain the desired mechanical properties, are regarded as the ‘ ruling sections ’ of the part. In the case of round bar, the diameters is the ruling section, but, as many shapes other than round bars require heat treatment, it is desirable to, be able to relate the rates of cooling of other shapes to their equivalent sections of round bar. The diameters of round bars, the centres of which would cool through a given temperature range at the same rate as the centres of rectangular and square bars of selected sizes have been assessed and the restilting a equivalent ruling rections ’ are given in Tables 6 and 7. Table 6 gives the equivalent ruling section in terms of diameter of round bar for rectangular and square sections when oilquenched,*while Table 7 gives the same information for air-cooling. As examples of how the tables may be applied, the centre of a square section of 100 mm sides will, when oilquenched, cool at the same rate as a round section of 108 mm diameter and the equivalent ruling section of a slab 140 mm wide x 60 mm thick will, for oilquenching, be 88 mm. In the ease of other regular sections, close approximations may usually be made since the order of decreasing

13

ISr1570 (Pa&III)-1979

rate of cooling is, round, octagonal, hexagonal and square, while oval sections with major axis a and minor axis 6 will cool more dowly than a round bar of diameter b but faster than u rectangle u x b.

TABLE 6 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTXONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING

( C~JU 2.4, B-2 )

WIDTH or Tmorwrnl or S~OTIOY SIBOTION my pr--- --A---L 3

20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

r----- ?

DIAMETBB OY EQUIVAL~~ ROUND@

(1) (2) mm mm

10 10 20 14 30 16 40 17 50 17 60 17 80 17

100 17 120 17 140 17 160 17 180 17 200 17 225 17 250 17 300 17 350 and over 18

(3) (4) (5) (6)

mm mm mm mm

a - - -

21 - - - 26 32. - - 29 37 43 - 31 40 48 54 32 43 51 59 32 46 57 66 33 47 60 71 33 48 62 74 33 48 63 76 33 48 63 77 33 48 63 77 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 49 63 78

(7) (8) (9)

mm mm mm

-

65 - - 74 87 - 80 96 108 85 102 117 88 108 125 90 112 131 91 115 136 92 117 140 92 119 I43 92 120 145 92 121 148 92 121 150

(10) (11) mm mm

-

130 - 140 152 148 x 154 x

X X X X

X. X X X

X. X


Is : 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979


( Cfawes 2.4, B-2 )

WIDTH 01 THICKNESS OF SECTION SECrION -F------- --_*------__-_-__--~

10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

‘

DXAMETEROFEQUIVALENTROUNDS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) mm mm mm mm mm mm

10 10 - - - -

20 13 20 - - -

30 15 24 30 - -

40 16 27 34 40 -

50 16 29 38 45 51

60 17 30 41 49 55

80 17 32 45 54 62

100 17 33 47 58 68

120 17 34 49 62 72

140 17 34 50 64 76

160 17 34 51 66 79

180 18 35 51 67 81

200 18 35 52 68 83

225 18 35 52 69 85

250 18 36 53 70 86

300 18 37 54 71 88

350 and over 20 39 59 78 97

>c Greater than 160 mm.

(7) (8) (9) mm mm mm

- -

- -

-

- -

-

61

70

76

82

86

90

93

95

98

100

104

115

-

81 -

90 102

98 111

104 119

109 126

114 132

117 137

121 142

125 147

131 155

152 X

(10) mm

-

-

-

-

-

122

132

140

148

154

X X X X

(11) mni

-

-

-

-

-

-

142

152

X X X

X X X

B-3. In the case of parts of nonuniform section, not only is it necessary to consider which is the most important portion of the forging in which the specified properties are essential, but also to consider the relation of the length of any enlarged portion to its diameter. For example, in the case of a’forging with a barrel, the length L of which is greater than the diameter D ( see Fig. 1A ), this diameter will be the ruling dimension. In the case of a collar, the diameter Dr of which is greater than the thickness I ( see Fig. 1B ), the collar may be considered as a disc of which the thickness is the governing dimension although the ruling section of the part as a whole for practical purposes will be the diameter Dz. For

15

forgings where the dimension B and thickness I of the portion of largest cross sectiori are similar ( see Fig. 1C ), the dimension A, between the centre and the nearest .points of the external surface will in general determine the ruling section.

ISI IC

FIO. 1 TYPICAL DIAGRAM FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF RULING SECTION

B-4. In Table 4, which gives the mechanical properties for steels in the hardened and tempered condition, are included .the limiting ruling sections, that is, the maximum diameter of round bar to which the specified properties apply after hardening and tempering. For example, in the case of steel 4OClOS18 ( 4OS18 ) 4 the properties associated with a ‘tensile strength of 700-800 MPa*be obtained in round bar up to 100 mm m diameter or in other shapes whose equivalent ruling sections do not exceed that dimension, but for a tensile strength of 800-950 MPa*, the limiting ruling section is 63 mm, Therefore, to obtain a tensile strength 800-900 MPa* in parts with ruling sections greater than 63 mm other steels, such as 35Mn2Moz or 40CrlMo28 would be necessary. The application of the different steels given in Table 6 or different tensile ranges in relation to the limiting ruling section is summarized in Table 7.

l I MPa - 1 N/md - O-102 0 kgf/md.

16

IS t 1570 ( Part III ) m. 1979

( Cbarinued from past 2 )

M6dtlS , Rtjmwnf ing

SARI M. K. DUTTA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Durgapur Steel

SEW R. C. JHA ( Af~annk) Plant ), Durgapur

JOINT DIXECTO~ (MET), MinistryofRailways REBEARCH DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORGANIZATION

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alfmtofs ) Da N. KONDAL Rko Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay

SHRI K. BALARAYAYOORTEY ( Altmatr ) Dn N. MORAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd. Ranchi DR R. V. PATHY* A~Io~~~;;~ Producers -Association of India,

SHRI M. K. PRAMANIX Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta SERI R. C. PRA~AD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi

SHRI D. K. DAS ( Altmatr ) SH~I A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,

Bombay SARI A. R. V. SUBRAMANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Khopoli DR G. VENXATARAXAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli

l Dr E. V. PsWy Is also alternste to 811rl A. It. V. Babramanlm reprcsentin~ tiblndrr U~lne SLsel Co Ltd. Khopoll.

17


Headquarters: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 3375,323 9402 Fax : 91 11 3234062,91 11 3239399, 91 11 3239382

Central Laboratory :

Plot No. 20/9, Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, Sahibabad 201010

Regional OMces:

Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to all Offices.)

Telephone

8-77 00 32

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 32376 17

*Eastern : l/14 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 62

Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43

Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 23523 15

twestern : Manakalaya, E9, Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093

Branch Offices::

‘Pushpak’, Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001 5501348

SPeenya Industrial Area, 1 st Stage, Bangalore-Tumkur Road, BANGALORE 560058

839 49 55

Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21

Plot No. 62-63, Unit VI, Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27

Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, COIMBATORE 641037 21 01 41


Savitri Complex, 116 G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 1998

53/5 Ward No.29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 54 11 37

5-8-56C, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 201083


1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005 21 68 76

Seth Bhawan, 2nd floor, Behind Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 23 89 23 LUCKNOW 226001

NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010 52 51 71

Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 262305

Institution of Engineers (India) Building 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005 32 36 35

T.C. No. 14/l 421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANI-IAPURAM 695034 621 17

*Sales Office is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P.O. Princep Street, 271085 . CALCUTTA 700072

YSales Dffice is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007

wales Dffice is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002

309 65 28

222 39 71

Printed at F’rintopph, New De& Ph.: 5726847

C,

Indian Standard

SCHEDULESFOR WROUGHT

IS:1570(Part4)-1988 ( Reaffirmed 1995 )

STEELS PART 4 ALLOY STEELS ( ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND SPRING STEELS ) WITH

SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND RELATED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

(First Revision)

Second Reprint JUNE 1998

UDC 669.15.0X29-194+669.14.018.27 (083.4)

0 Copyright 1990


NEW DELHI 110002

Gr6 January 1990

Indian

SCHEDULES FOR

Standard

IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988

WROUGHT STEELS PART 4 ALLOY STEELS ( ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND SPRING STEELS ) WITH

SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND RELATED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

( First Revision )

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard (Part 4) (First Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards on 20 June 1988, after the draft hnalized by the .411oy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Com- mittee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 This standard was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and the use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of this standard are as follows:

Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties

Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels )

Part 3

Section 1 Wrought products ( other than wires) with specified chemical composition and related properties

Section 2 Carbon steel wires with related properties


Part 5

Part 6

Part 7

Stainless and heat-resisting steels

Tool steels

Creep resisting steels


a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part 1 )-1974*. However, for the sake of easy identification, old designations are also given within * *

‘9

Panel given below have not been included in Table 1, and will form a separate part:

1) 4OCr5Mo60 (4OCrlMo60), 2) 15Cr9Mo6 (15Cr9OMo55), 3) lOCr9MolO (IOCRMol), and 4) 15CrNi6.

c) The following boron steels have been added as their use and production has commenced in the country:

1) 18ClOBT

2) 35C8BT

3) 21ClOBT

4) 26ClOBT

5) 34C14BT

6) 38Cr4Mn2BT

d) The following additional grades of steels have also been added:

1) 6OSi7 7 1 since these are alread

2) 65Si7 ) included in IS : 3195-1982 x 1

3) 6OCr4V2 J and IS : 3431-19827

4) 30Cr4Mo2

5) 42Cr6V 18

because of its extensive usage in automobile and aircraft industry and comparatively better hardenability

because of its better hardenability and lower cost

6) 15Ni13Cr3Mo2 equivalent to EN 36 included in lieu of 15Ni4Crl which has been deleted

brackets.

The steels rationalized by the Indian Creep *Specification for steel for the manufacture of volute

and hdical springs (for railway rolling stock ) ( second revtswn )

*‘code for designation of steels: Part 1 Based on letter tspecification for steel for manufacture of volute,

symbols ( first revision ). helical and laminated springs for automotive suspension ( second revision 1.

1

IS : 1570 ( Part 4) - 1988

7) 16Ni6Cr7Mo3 equivalent to DIN grade 0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur 17CrNiMo6 and phosphorus. These have to be specified in

8) 20Ni7Cr2Mo2 equivalent to AISI 4320. the detailed specifications.

1. SCOPE

1.1 This standard ( Part 4 ) is applicable to alloy constructional and spring steels supplied to a specified composition as given in Table 1.

2. GENERAL

2.1 While’preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different fromthose given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special, Steels Sectional Committee (SMDC 19), and its approval obtained.

2.2 Many alloy steels, such as those for general constructional purposes, are selected on the basis of tensile strength obtained after a specified heat treatment, but in some applications, for example, ..vhen the. steel is subjected in service to conditions where creep becomes operative, the basis of selection will be the properties of steel under operating conditions. In such cases, however, tensile tests are usually specified as an assessment of the general quality of the material.

2.3 Steels containing about 1.5 percent manganese are used in the form of plates, sections, bars and forgings in the hot rolled or normalized condition and the tensile properties of these steels, based on ruling section up to 150 mm, are included in Table 2. For larger sizes, some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition may be necessary. Details for 1.5 percent manganese steels in the form of cold drawn bar, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicabIe as given in Table 3.

2.4 Alloy steels with medium carbon contents are used for general constructional purposes and are usually hardened and tempered to a tensile strength level appropriate to the duty involved.

The composition of the steel selected depends on the tensile strength required and the size of the ruling section of the part at the time of heat treatment. Thus for the same specified tensile strength, it may be necessary to use different steels for different parts according to the size of the parts at the time of heat treatment . The mechanical properties of those steels in the hardened and tempered condition in relation to different ruling sections are given in Table 4. This table. in some cases, includes more than one steel capable of giving in a particular ruling section the same specified range of tensile strength: for

example, both steel 35Mn6Mo3 and 4ONi14 will give a tensile strength of 790 to 940 MPa in ruling section up to 100 mm. This allows some degree of interchangeability but unless special factors are involved, the specified steel should be that giving maximum economy in alloy content. The relationship of the tensile strength of steels in Table 4‘to the limiting ruling sections is summarized in Table 5. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars and forgings is given in Tables 6 and 7.

2.5 Steel 55Cr3 is used for the purposes where resistance to wear is a factor and details for this steels are specified in Table 8.

2.6 For case hardened parts requiring higher core strengths than can normally be obtained with a carbon case hardening steel, low carbon alloy steels are required and minimum core strengths specified after hardening are given in Table 9. These are based on heat treatment of test samples of 30 mm diameter except for the steels with a minimum specified tensile strength of 1 090 MPa which are based on heat treatment of samples machined to a test piece size. In this table also, more than one steel is included for a particular minimum core strength but here also due consideration should be given to maximum alloy economy, when specifying the steel.

2.7 Some of the steels are used in the form of sheets, strips and tubes, and the tensile properties for these are included in Tables 10 and 11. Different types of test pieces are used for tensile tests depending on the form of the materials, for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars, unmachined round test pieces for small size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates. for Jarger size round bars and for square bars and forgings.

2.8 For tensiJe test on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should be based on the formulae of 950 MPa divided by the actual tensiJe strength kgf/mm2 when using a gauge length equivaJent to 5.654;?:

2.9 The specified mechanical properties arc applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.

2.10 Any test such as bend test: flattening test on tubes. etc, in addition to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.

2.11 Hardenability value:, for Boron steels arc given in Table 12.

DE.WNATION*

I

TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOGTION FOR STANDARD STEEL

(Clause 1.1 )

ChBitCAL COMP~ITI~N, PERCENT h 7

(I)

36Si7 55Si7

c (2)

0~33-040 0.50-0.60

1.50-2 .OO 0.80-l .oo 1*50-2.00 0 *SO-l *OO

MO

(7)

- -

65Si7 0.60-0.70 1.50-2 .OO 0.80-l .OO 6OSi7 0.55-0.65 l-50-2 *oo 0.80-l -00 llC15 0.16. iUux 0 * 10-O -35 1.30-l *70 2oc15 0.16-0.24 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .70

- -

- - -

27Cl5 022-0.32 0.10-0.35 1.30-l *70

1.30-l .70

- - -

37c15 0.32-0.42 0.10-0.35 - -

w

47c15

35Mn6Mo3 0.42-0.50 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .70 0.30-0.40 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .80

- - -

-

0.20-0.35

35Mn6Mo4 0.30-0.40 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .80 lOMo6 0.15, Max 0.15-0.25 0.40-0.70 20Mo6 O-15-0.25 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 33Mo6 0.25-0.40 0.10-O .35 0~40-0*70 15Cr3 0.12-0.18 0.15-0.35 0.40-O %O

0.30, Max 0.30, Max 0 *30, Max

-

- 0.35-0.55 0.25, Max 0.45-O .65 0 *25, Max 0.45-0.65 0 *25, Max 0.45-0.65 0.50-0.80 -

16MnSCr4 0.14-0.19 1.00-l .30 0~80-1~10 -

2OMnSCr5 0.17-0.22

0.10-0.35

O.lO-0.35 1 .00-l .40 1 .00-l .30

55Cr3 4OCr4

0.50-0.60 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.80 0.35-0.45 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90

- 0~60-0~80 0.90-l .20

5OCr4 0.45-0.55 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90 0.90-l *20

103Cr4 0.95-l .lO 0.10-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.90-l .20

&

- -- - -

-

- - - - - - - -

Al

(9)

-

- -

.-

-

-

-

(l”o, -

- - -

- - -

-

REFERENCE TO RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARDS

(11)

IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-1967’ IS : 2507-19755, IS : 3195~1982’,

IS : 3431-1982’, IS : 383%1966‘, IS : 4072-1967’, IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19672

1s : 3195-19824, IS : 3431-1982s IS : 3195-1982’, IS : 3431-1982s IS : 4432-19678 IS : 2041-1982*, IS : 2100-1970x”,

IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19672, IS : 5517-197811, IS : 6967-197312, IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198415

IS : 5517-197811, IS . 11169 (Part 1 )-198413 ’

IS : 3930-1979l*, IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 5517-1978”, IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198W

IS : 3930-1979’4 IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 11169

(Part 1 )-19841s ’ IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413

IS : 4367-1967l. IS : 4368-1967’, IS : 4432~1967*, IS:11169 (Part l)-198418

IS : 4367-19671, IS : 11169 ( Part l )-1984l* z

IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19671, . . IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-198418 a

IS : 5517-1978ll d e

IS : 3930-1979”, IS : 4367-19671, z IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 5517-1978”, =! IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-I98413

IS : 3930-197914, IS : 4367-19671 ,” rs : 4398-197215 I

( Cmtinue~ ) g _~

TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOS[T[ON FOR STANDARD STEEL--m Cod

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION. PEKCENT

I * -7

DESIONAT~~O~ * REFERENCE TO RENVANT ZNDJAN g STANDARDS

2 r\ Si Mfl Ni Cl-

(3) (4) (5) (6) 0.10-0.35 0.40-0.80 I .00-l .60 0.10-0.35 0.25-0.45 I ,40-l .60 0.10-0~35 0.50-0.80 0.90-I .20

M o

(7)

O.IO-0.35 0~50-0~80 I .40-l .70 0.10-0.35 0.80-I *IO - 0.90-l .20 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90 -. 0.90-I .20 0. IO-O.35 0.60-0.90 - 0.90-l .20

0.15-0.60 0.15-0.35 0.10-0.35

0.30, Mns 0.70-I .lO 0.30, Max 2.90-3.40 0.30, Mnx 2.90-3.40

0.10-0~35 0.50, Max

O-50, Max

0.10-0.35 0.10-0.35 0.10-0.45 0.10-0.35

0~40-0~70 0’40-0.70 0.40-0.70

0.40-O .70 0.40-0.70 0.40-0.70 0~40-0~70 0~40-0~70 0.40-0.70 0.50-0.80

0.40, A4o.v 1 .00-l .50 0.30, Max 4.0-6’0 0.30, Max 4.0-6.0 0.30, MUX I .00-l .50

0.30, Max 3 .oo-3.50 0.30, Max I -50-I .80 3.20-3.60 0.30, Max

0.45-O ‘65 0.45-0.65 0.45-0.65

0.50-0.70 0.45-O. 65 0.45-0.65 0~50-0~80 0.90-I *IO 0.10-0.25

0.15-0.35 0.15-0.35 0.15-0.35

0.15-0.35 O.lO-0.35

0.60-I .oo 0.60-l .oo 0~40-0~70

0.30-0.60 0.60-0.90

0.60-I .OO 0~40-0~80 0.80-l .20 0.60-l .OO 3 .oo-3 50 0.60-l .OO

3.00-3.75 0.60-l .lO 1.00-l .50 0.45-0.75

0, IO-O.25

0.10-0.35 0~40-0~70 3.90-4.30 1’ 10-l ,40

0.15-0.35 0.60-l .OO 1.00-l .50 0.75-l ,25 0.08-0.15

0.15-0.35 0.60-l .OO 1.50-2.00 0.75-1.25 0~10-0~20

0.10-0.35 0~40-0~70 1.20-l .60 0.90-l .30 0~10-0~20

0.10-0.35 0.40-0.70 1.25-l .75 0.90-l .30 0.20-0.35

0.15-0.35 0.40-0.60 1 .40-l .70 I .50-1.80

0.15-0.35 0.45-0.65 1.65-2.00 0.40-0.60

0.25-0.35

0.20-0.30

V Al

(8) (9)

0~15-6~30

0.07-0.12 0.15, Min

B

(IO) -

-

-

-

-

-

-

C (2)

O.YO-1 .20 0.95-l .lO 0.45-0.55

(11) w !5

IS : 4398-1972’” IS : 3195-19824, IS : 4367-19671, ,’

IS : 4368-1967a I

(1)

:::z 5OCr4v2

- z IS : 3195-19824 z!z IS : 4367-1967’, IS : 4368-1Y672 IS : 3930-197911, IS : 4367-1967’.

IS : 4368-19672, IS: 5517-1978l* IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413

IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-1967”

IS : 5517-197811 1s : 5517-1978’l IS : 11169

(Part 1 )-198$=

- -

IS : 5517-1978” IS : 5517-19781’ IS : 3444-198716, 1s : 3930-197914,

IS : 5517-19781’ IS : 4432-1Y678

IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413 IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-19672,

IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-I98413

IS : 3930-197Y1*, IS : 4367-19671, TS : 4368-19672, IS : 5517-197811, IS : 11169 (Part 4)-198413

IS : .5517-197811

IS : 4367-l 967l, IS : 4368-1967a, IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-19841a

IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-198413

IS : 3930-1979l’. IS : 5517-1978l’ IS : 3930-19;9l;, IS : 4367-1967l,

IS : 5517-197811

42Cr6Vl 6oCr4V2 21Cr4Mo2 42Cr4Mo2

0.38-0.46 0.55-0.65

0.26, Mar 0.38-0.45

07Cr4Mo6 15Cr13Mo6 2SCr13Mo6

4OCr5Mo6 lOCr20Mo6 2OCr2Mo6

a 35CrSMo6V2 4OCr13MolOV2 4OCr7AllOMo2 4ONi14

16Ni3Cr2 16Ni4Cr3 13Ni13Cr3

lSNi13Cr3Mo2 3SNiSCr2

0.12, MUX 0~10-0~20 0.20-0.30

0.35-0.45

0.15, Max

0.15-0.25 0.25-0.45 0.35-0.45 o-35-0.45 0.35-0.45

- -- -

..-

0.20-0.30 - 0.15-0.25 -

- 0.90-l .30 -

0.12-0.20 0.12-0.20 0*10-0~15

0.12-0.18 0*30-0.40 -

3ONil6CrS 1 SNiSCr4Mol

0.26-0.34 0.12-0.18

15Ni7Cr4Mo2

4ONi6Cr4Mo2

4ONi6Cr4Mo3

16Ni6Cr7Mo3 2ONi7Cr2Mo2

0.12-O. 18 - _

- - -

-

0.35-0.45 0.35-0.45

0.14-O-19 0.17-0.22

31NilOCr3Mo6

4ONilOCr3 Mo6

16Ni8Cr6Mo2

20Ni7Mo2

20Ni2Cr2Mo2

18ClOBT XT1 60048 35c8BT 2lClOBT~ 26ClOBTt 34c14BTt 38Cr4BT 3OCr4Mo2 lXr6Ni6

0.27-0.35 0~10-0~35 0.40-0.70 2.25-2-75 0~50-0~80 0~40-0~70 -

0.36-0.44 0*10-0*35 0~40-0*70 2.25-2.75 0*50-0*80 0.40-0.70 -

0~12-0~20 0.15-0.35 ~0~4&0*70 1.80-2.20 1.40-l *70 0.15-0.25 -

0.17-0.22 O-15-0.35 0.45-0.65 I-65-2-00 - 0~20-0~30 -

0*18-0.23 0.15-O-35 0.70-0.90 0.40-0.70 0~40-0~60 0.1X0.25 -

0.15-0.20 1~50-1~70 0.31-0.36 0.18-0.23 0.23-0.29 0.32-0.37 0.35-0.40 O-28-0.33 0.12-0.18

0.15-0*30 0.10-0.35 0.10-0*35 0.15-0.30 0~15-0~30 0.15-0*30 0.15-0.30 0*10-0*35 O-15-0.35

0.80-l ~10 0~10-0~30 - -

0~2.5-0~50 - ll*O-13.0 0.80, Max 0.80, Max 0.60-l .oo -- 0~10-0~30 (optional) ’ 0.80-l *l - - - 0.90-l -2 - - - 120-l *so -- - - -

0~30-0*50 - o-95-1*15 - -

040-0*80 - 0*80-l-10 0.15-0.28 - 0.40-0*60 1.40-l .70 1.40-1.70 - -

-

-

-

-

- - - - - - - - -

-

-

-

-

0.000 5-0.003 -

0.000 50.003 0.000 5-0.003 0.000 5-0.003 o-000 5-O-003 0.000 5-0~003

- -

rs : 3930-19791‘ IS : 5517- 197811 ’

IS : 4368-1967a, IS : 5517- 197811

IS : 4367-1967r, IS : 4368- 1%7*, IS : 11169(Part l)- 1984” IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169

(Part 1 )-198413 IS : 4132-1967n, 1.8 : 11169

( Part I )-198413 -_ - -

IS : 11169 ( Part I )-198413 IS : 11169 ( Patt I )-198415 IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-1984r5 IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413

- -

Nom-In special cases, it may be desirable that the range of carbon content should be more closely controlled than in the ranges specified above. When this is necessary. restricted ranges of carbon may be agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser, in which case any specified mechanical properties shall also be the subject of agreerrent.

Ln *See IS : 1762 (Part l)-1974 Code for designation of steel : Part 1 Based on letter symbols (first revision ).

1SuEx BT indicates boron treated steel.

1 Specitication for alloy and tool steel forgings for general industrial use. a Specification for alloy steel bits, blooms and slabs for forgings for general engineering purposes. * Specification for cold rolled steel strip for springs (first revision ).

’ Specification for steel for the manufacture of volute and helical springs (for railway rolling stock ) ( second revision ).

6 Specification for steel for manufacture of volute, helical and laminated springs for automotive suspension ( second’revision ). 6 Specification for aluminized steel core wire for aluminium conductors (ACSR). ’ Specification for steel for spring washers (firsf revision ). * Specification for case. hardening steels. 0 Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels used at moderate and low temperature (first revision ).

10 Speci8cation for steel billets, bars and sections for boilers (fist revision ). 11 Specithzation for steels for hardening and tempering (first revision ). 1* Specification for steels for electrically welded round link chains. Is Specification for steels for cold heading/cold extrusion applications: Par: 1 Wrought carbon and low alloy steels. 14 Specification for flame and induction hardening steels (first revisioir ). X5 Specification for carbon-chromium steel for the manufacture of balls, rollers and bearing races (first revision ). 16 Specification for corrosion resistant high alloy steel and nickel based castings for general applications ( second revision ).

IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988

TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SECTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT ROLLED OR NORMALIZED CONDITION

DESIGNATION

(1)

llC15

2oc15

TENSILE STRENGTH

MPa*

(2)

I 460-560 430.530

i 540-640 490.590 510:610

%%

( Clause 2.3 )

0.2 PERCENT PRooF STR~,

Min (I~S&~IFIED)

(3)

270 250

320

290 350 310 280

ELONC%TION, PERCENTAGE

GLLiiSdi-

(4)

26 26

iii

zi 20

570-670 i 570-670

350 zz

ii 27Cl5 570-670

20 540-640 300 540-640 290 z

*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm*.

:;

1:: Over 100 and

up to 150

,TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD DRAWN 1.5 PERCENT MANGANESE STEEL BARS

( CIause 2.3 )

DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENQTH ELONGATION, PEWENTAGE LIMITING RUL&G MPa+ GL;ifi65dr SECTION

mm

(1) (2) (3) (4)

2OCl5 1: 12

Over 20 and up to 40 Over 40 and up to 63

TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION-OIL HARDENED UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED

( Clause 2.4 )

DESIGNATION TENSILE 0.2 PERCENT STRENGTH PRooF STRW,

MPa* Min, MPa*

(1) (2) (3)

390 450

i%

390 490 550 650

490 550 650 750

550 650 750

2oc15 590-740 690-840

27Cl5 590-740 690-840

37c15 ZZ$ 790:940 890-1040

690-840 790-940

35Mn6Mo3 1 890-1040 990-l 140

790-940 35Mn6Mo4 890-1040

990-l 140

ELONGATION PIWXNTAGE GL 5;;dA

(4)

18 16

18 16

16

1:

IwD IMPACT VALUE,

BRINEU~ HARDNESS

Mitt, Joule HBS

(6) 170-217 201-248

170-217 201248

170-217

%-z; 255:311

%% 25i311 285-341

229-277 255-311 285-341

LIMITJNG RULJNG SECTION

mm

(7)

!i

100 63

150 100

30 15

150 100 63 30

150 100 63

(Conf hued)

6

IS : 1570( Part 4) - 1988’

TABLE 4 SPECJFJEJI MECHANICAL PROPJJRTJBS FOR BARS AND FORGJNGIS JN THE HARDWED AND TBMJ’ERJJD CONDJTJON-OJL HARDENED UNLJISS OTHERwIlSE STATED - Contd

DESIGNATION %N~LE

%cTH s

(2)

EL~~JGATI~N PmCeNTAl3E ypi-

(4)

4OCr4Mo2

15Cr13Mo6

25Cr%o6

4OCr13MolOV2

42Cr6Vl

4OCr7Al lOMo2

4ONil4

35NiSCr2

30Ni 16Cr5 1540, Min 1240 8

4ONi6Cr4Mo2

40Ni6Cr4Mo3

31NilOCr3Mo6

4ONilOCr3Mo6

I

690-840 790940 890-l 040

I

700-850 800-950 900-l 050

1000-l 150

{

%zz 89& p$

1090:1240 1 540, Mitt

{ 1340, Mitt 1 540, Min

t

880-l 030 980-I 180

1 080-I 280

1

690840 790-940 890-l 040

{ 790-940 890-l 040

{

690-840 790-940 890-l 040

I

790-940 890-l 040 990-l 140

1090-l 240

I

790-940 890-l 040 990-l 140

: ~~:f z 1540, Min

c ;;y 7:

1 ; y&J:; z

11 54O;Min

990-l 140 1 090-l 240 1 190-l 340 1 540, Min

% 650

490

z 750

13 12

::

490 550

% 830

1240

14

:: 10 9 8

1050 8 1240 8

690 780 880

lf 10

490 550 650

18

::

550 16 650 15

490 550 650

550

z: 830

16 15

::

550 650 750 830 930

1240

f 2 13 11 10 6

% 830 930

1240

3:

:: 8

78:: 930

1240

12

:r!l 8

Min, Joule HBS

(9

z: 50

z: 50

z 14

21 14

68

:;

55 55 48

z:

z: 50

14

55 55 48 41

z

: 30 11

: 41 35 14

$ 35 14

201-248 229-277 255-311 285-341 311-363 444, Min

363, Min 63 444, Min 30

265-310 295-350 320-380

201-248

%z:

444, Min

z-::: 285-341 311-363

zz: 2851341 311-363 341-401 444, Min

255-311 285-341

zz: 444, Min

285-341 31 l-363 341-401 444, Min

150

‘z! 30

150 150

;: 100

63

100

:;

150 100 63

100 63

150

Y3 ( air hardened)

150 (oil hardened)

150 100

150

;t?z 63

z:

150 150 100

6633

150 150 150 100

*l MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm*.

+Hardness given in this table is for guidance only.

7

IS:1570(Part4)-1988

TABLE 5 LIMITING RULING SECTIONS (in mm) OF HARDENED AND TEIMPERED STEELS FOR DIFFERENT RANGES OF TENSILE STRENGTH

( Clause 2.4 )

DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa ~------_-_.-_-_----__ -_-_A_p_ --- 520-740 690-840 190-940 890-l 040 990-l 140 1090-l 240 1 190-l 340 1.5~ ’

2OC15 27Cl5 37c15 35Mn6Mo3 35Mn6Mo4 4004 42Cr6Vl 4OCr4Mo2 15Cr13Mo6 and

25Crl3Mo6 4OCr13MolOV2 4OCr7A110Ao2 4ONi14 35NiSCr2 30Ni16CrS

63 100 150 -

30 63

100 150 -

100 -

150 150

- - - - - - - - 30 15

100 63 150 100 63 30 - 100

100 63 150 150

30 - - - 63 - - - - - -

30 15 - - 30 - - -

150 100 - 63

-

7

-

- - 63 30 - - 150 -

150 -

- 100 100 100

- 63 63 63 -

- - - -

- - - -

- -

63 30

100 63

150 100 150 150

- 63

(air

hardz?:d) (oil

hardened) - -

30 30

63 63 150 100

4ONi6Cr4Mo2

4ONi6Cr4Mo3 31NilOCr3Mo6 4ONilOCr3Mo6

150

150 -

100 150 150 -

- - - - - - - - -

TABLE 6 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SBCTIONS, OIL QUENCHING

(Ckwse 2.4)

THICKNESSOF SECTION mm .

30 40 50 60 80 ’ 100 Diameter of Equivalent Rounds, mm

(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

WIDTHOPSECTION mm

-G----- 20

(2) (3)

10 - 14 21 16 26 17 29 17 31 17 32 17 32 17 33 17 33 17 33 17 33

17 33 17 33 17 33 17 33

17 33 18 33

120 140’

(10) (11) (1)

10 20 30 40 50 60 80

100 120 140 160

180 200 225 250

300 350 and over

;: = Greater than 160 mm.

- - - - - - - - - - - - 32 - - -

: 48 43 - 54 - -

43 51 59 65, 46 57 66 74 47 60 71 80 48 62 74 85 48 63 76 88 48 63 77 90

48 63 77 91 48 63 78 92 48 63 78 92 48 63 78 92

48 63 78 92

49 63 78 92

- -

- - -

- - - 87 96

102 108

112 115 117 119 120 121 121

- - - - -

10s 117 125 131 136 140 143 145 148 150

- - 130 - 140 152 148 X 154 X X X X X X X X X X X

8

IS : 1570( Part 4) - 1988

TABLE 7 CONVERSION OF RECTANGUiAR AND SQUARE INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTION AlR COOLlNG

WIDTH OF SECTION mm

r---- 10 20

(1) 10 20 30 40 50 60 80

100 120 140

160

180 200 225

250 300 350 and over

x -Greater than 160 mm.

(2) (3)

10 13 20 15 24 16 27

16 29

17 30 17 32 17 33 17 34 17 34 17 34 18 35 18 3.5 18 35 18 36 18 37

20 39

( Clarrse 2.4 ) THICKNESS OF SECTION

mm ~.~ _--_h---------_-

30 40 50 60 80 100 Diameter of Equivalent Rounds, mm

(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) - - - -

30 - - - 34 40 - -

38 45 51 - - - 41 49 55 61 - - 45 54 62 70 81 - 47 58 68 76 90 102 49 62 72 82 98 111 50 64 76 86 104 119 51 66 79 90 109 126

51 67 81 93 114 132 52 68 83 95 117 137 52 69 85 98 121 142 53 70 86 100 125 147 54 71 88 104 131 155 59 78 97 115 152 X

L -------7

120 140

(10) (11) - - - -

- - -

- - - - - - - -

122 - 132 142

140 152

148 X 154 X

X X

X X

X X X X

TABLE 8 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR WEAR RESISTING STEEL IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION

( C/awe 2.5 ) DESIGNATION TENSILE 0 ‘2 PERCENT ELONGATION lzo~ IMPACT, BRINELL LIMITING

STRENGTH PROOF STRESS PERCENTAGE VALUE, Min HARDNESS RULING MPa* Min, MPa* GL 5;;dA, Joule HBS SECTION,

mm

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 55Cr3 890-l 040 650 12 35 255-311 63

990-l 140 730 10 17 285-341 63

NOTE - Hardness given in this table is for guidance only.

TABLE 9 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE HARDENING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION ( CORE PROPERTIES )

( Clarrse 2.6 )

DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH. ELONGATION, PERCENTAGE IZ~D IMPACT VALUE, Min, MPa* GL 5.65t/z, Min Min, Joule

(1) (2) (3) (4)

llC15 590 17 55 15Cr3 590 13 - 48 16Ni3Cr2 690 I5 41

16MnXr4 790 10 35 16Ni4Cr3 840 12 41 13Ni13Cr3 840 12 48 20MnSCr5 990 8 38 15NiSCr4Mol 990 9 41 15Ni7Cr4Mo2 1 080 9 35 15Nil3Cr3Mo2 1 080 8 35 16Ni8Cr6Mo2 1 340 9 35

NOTE-Whenever the core strength exceeds 1 000 MPa, the ruling section may be same as that of the diameter of the test piece.

*I MPa = 1 N/mm* -= 0.1 020 kgf/mm*.

IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988

TABLE 10 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL SHEET AND STRIP

( Clurlse 2.7 )

DESIGNATION

(1)

2oc15

CONDITION

(2)

[Softened ( Hot rolled and normalized or normalized and

1 tempered

Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and 1 tempered

TENSILE O-2 PERCENT STRENGTH, PROOF STRESS, Mitt, MPa* Min, MPa*

(3) (4)

470, Min - 540, Min -

790-990 610

BRINELL HARDNW Max, HBS

(5)

200 -

47c1.5

Softened Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and

tempered Hardened and tempered

230 890-1 090 740 -

1 140-l 340 990 -

21 Cr4Mo2 Softened Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and 790-990 610

tempered Hardened and tempered 1 140-l 340 990

*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.1020 kgf/mm*.

212 -

DESIGNATION

(1)

2oc15

27C15

4OCr4 and 5OCr4

21Cr4Mo2

4OCr4Mo2

30Nil6Cr5

31NilOCr3Mo6

TABLE 11 SPECIFIED TENSILE LXMI’TS FOR TUBES

CONDITION

( Clause 2. 7)

(2)

f Annealed 1 Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and

1 +F;:i and tempered or cold drawn and

I Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and 1 tempered

1

Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and tempered

Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and tempered

Hardened and tempered

f Normalized and tempered, hardened and tem-

pered or cold drawn and tempered Normalized and tempered, hardened and tern--

pered or cold drawn and tempered { Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and i tempered I Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and j tempered _ LHardened and tempered

Hardened and tempered tempered



or cold drawn and

TENSILE O-2 PERCWT ELONGATION, STRENGTH,

?%%3 PERCBNTAQE,

Min, MPa* , GL 547; ,/A

(3) (4)

470 270’ 550

I 450

630 510

710 590

550

630

1 090

550

630

710

790

190

710

1 o;o 1 190 1 290

450

510

890

450

570

590

640

990

590

890 1090 1 090

(5)

9 310 Actual tensile

strength (MPa)

*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.1 020 kgf/mma.

IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988

TABLE 12 TENTATIVE HARDENABILITY LIMITS FOR SPECIFIED HARDENABILITY OF BORON STEELS

DISTANCE’ FROM QUENCHED END, mm (inch)

(1) 1.58 (l/W 3.10 (2/16) 4.76 (3/16) 6.35 (4/16) 7.93 (5/16) 9.52 (6/16)

11.11 (7/16) 12.7 (8/16) 14.29 (9/16)

15.87 (10/16) 17.46 (11/16) 19.05 (12/16) 20.64 (13/16) 12.22 (14/16) 25.4 (16/16) 28.57 (18/16) 31.75 (20/16) 34.92.(22/16) 38.10 (X/16) 41.27 (26/16) 44.45 (28116) 47.62 (30/16) 50-S (32/16)

( Cluuse 2.11 !

HARDNESS. HRC

c

18ClOBT

(2) (3)

46 39 45 37 42 32 38 22 37 20 35 14

32 12 30 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - -

21ClOBT

(4) (5) 48 41 47 40 46 38 44 30 40 20 35 -

32 - 27 - 22 -

20 - - -

- -

- -

35C8BT

(6) (7)

58 51 56 50 55 46 54 43 52 37

49 26

46 22 38 20 36 19 30 18 28 - 27 - - -

26 - 25 - - -

24 - - -

22 - - -

20 -

26ClOBT

(8) (9) 52 45 51 44 50 43 48 41 46 34 45 25

42 - 35 - 32 - 28 - 26 - 22 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

34C14BT (10) (11)

58 50 57 50 56 49 55 48 54 43 53 37

52 33 51 26 - -

46 22 - -

45 21 - -

43 20 38 - - -

32 - - -

30 - - -

28 - - -- - -

- - - -

- - 27 -

38CdMn;B;

(12) (13)

60 52 59 52 58 51 57 50 56 48 55 44 54 40 53 36 50 34 48 30 46 26 44 24 42 22 38 20

- -

- -

11

Bureau of Indian Standards

BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Starzdurcls Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BJS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.

Review of Indian Standards

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition hy referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.

This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot: No. SMD 19 (2349)

Amendments Issued Since Puhlication-

Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS Headquarters:

Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02

Regional Offices:

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg NEW DELHI 110002

Eastern : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola CALCUTTA 700054

Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022

Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, C!IENNAl600113

Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) MUMBAI 400093

Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHGPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.

832 92 95,832 78 58 832 78 91,832 78 92

printed rt Simco printing F’rw, Delhi, India

Telegrams: Manaksanstha (Common to all offices)

Telephone

323 76 17,323 38 41

337 84 99,337 85 61 337 86 26,337 9120

60 38 43 60 20 25

{ 235 02 16,235 04 42 2351519,2352315

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

hdian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS

PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS

( Second Revision )

I First Reprint FEBRUARY 1990

UDC 669.14.22:669.14.018.-!3:669.15.194.3(083.4)

@ CoPyright 1987

BURIEAU OF INDI’AN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002

Gr 5 January 1987

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

Indian Standard


PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEiiS

( Second Revision )


Chairman Representing DRUG. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd, New Delhi

Members ADDITIONAL DIRECTOR ( MET) Ministry of Railways

JOINT DIRECTOR ( CHEM ) ( Alternate ) SHRI BAL KRISHAN AGGARWAL Federation of Engineering Industries of India,

New Delhi SHRI H. S. GUPTA ( Alternate )

SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. HARIDASACHAR ( Alfernate )

SHRI S. K. BASU SHRI C J. DAVE ( AIternate )

M. N. Dastur and Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta

SHRI J. N. BHATTACHARYYA National Test House, Calcutta SHRI S. C. BHAWAL ( AIternate )

SHRI R. BHATTACHA~YA Guest Keen Williams Ltd, Howrnh SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron and Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur

DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate ) SHRI D. K. DAS Heavy Engineering Corporation, Ranrhi

SHRI B. P. SINGH ( Alternate ) SHRI M. K. DANA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels

SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate ) Plant ), Durgapur

SHRI D. GADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SHRI A.QM CHATTERJ~E ( Alternate )

SHRI H. V. JAIN SHRI A. D. DIAS ( Afternate )

Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay

DR P. KRISHNASAGAR SHRI S. KUMAR

Modi Steels, Modinagar Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay

SHRI VIPON CHOPRA ( Alternate ) DR D. P. LAHIRI

SHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Afternate ) Ministri of Defence ( R & fi )

( Continued on page 2)

0 Copyright 1987 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

This publication is protected under the Indian Copyrighr Act (XIVof 1957) and reproduction in whole or in part by any meaos except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

I .

,

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

Mcdwrs

DK S. K. MANDAL

Rcprcsertting

Tata Enpinccring and Locomotive Co Ltd, Jamsbcdpur

DI< P. G. RENAVIRAR ( Altmmtc ) SllRl D. B. MOIIAIUL Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta

DR K. SUIIICAMANYAM ( Alternate ) DK M. NAOESIIWAR KAO Mishrn Dh:itu Nknrn Ltd. Hvderxbad SHKI I. K. N.\YAK Firth ( India ) Steel Co Ltd, i‘hunc

SIII~I K. A. SIIENOY ( AIrunate ) SHKI K. &RTI~~ASAKATIIY Ashok Lcyl;lsd Limited, Madras DK R. V. PATHY Mrthindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; and

Allov Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay

SIlRI R. NARAYANA (Alternate) Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay SHRl H S. PAWI. Modern Steel Ltd, Gobindgarh SImI M. K. PI~AMANIK Ministrv of Steel and Mines I Iron and Steel

Co&i1 ), Calcutta ’ SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )

SHRI RAGHUUIR SINGH National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamshedpur

DR V. RAMASWAMY Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Research and pa;clcipmcnt Centre for Iron and Steel ),

SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA (Mternatc ) SIIRI H. S. RAMACHANDRAN HMT Limited, &n-&ore

Stlkl P. P. C~I~PRA ( Atfernute I ) SIIIU P. RA~~A PKASAD ( Alternate 11 ) SIIRI A.~SlIANTHARAM ( Altcmare II1 ) SHRI V. N. VENKATESAN ( Alfermtc 1V )

SHRI R. N. SAHA Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals

SHRI D. K. PAUL ( Alternate ) ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi

SHRI M. K. ,?,EN Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI V. 1. RAMASWAMY ( Alternate )

SHRI D. S. P. SRIVASTAVA SHKI V. V. V~RAUHADRAYYA

Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) Directorate General of Technical Development,

New Delhi SHR~ S. K. JAIN ( Aftrmate )

SI?RI K. RAGHAVENDRAN, Director ( Strut & Met )

Director General, ISI ( Ex-officio Member )

Sccrctary SIIRI A. B. TEWARI

Deputy Director ( Metals .), IS1

( Continued on pge 16 )

is:1$7O(Part5)-l!m

Indian Standard


PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS

( Second Revision )

0. FOREWORD

0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 5 ) ( Second Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 30 October 1985, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels~and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.

0.2 This standard was first published in 1961 and subsequently revised in 1972. On the basis of experience gained in the production and use of these steels, it has been decided to issue the present revision of this standard.

0.3 The following major modifications have been incorporated in this revision:

a) Chemical compositions of some of the grades in Table 1 have been modified in the light of the indigenous production of these steels.

b) Tables 6, 1 I, 12 and 14 of the first revision have been deleted, as sufficient data is not available and such products are not being produced on a mass scale in-the country.

c) Other tables have been rationalized and modified on the basis of indigenous production of the steels.

0.4 This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard and for detailed requirements, reference should be made to the following standards:

a) IS : 5522-1978 S_tainless steel sheets and coils (first revisiorz )

b) IS : 6527-1972 Stainless steel wire rod c) IS : 6528-1972 Stainless steel wire d) IS : 6529-1972 Stainless steel blooms, billets and slabs for

forgings e) IS : 6603-1972 Stainless steel bars and flats

3

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

f) IS : 6911-19’72 Stainless steel plate, sheet and strip g) IS : 7494-1981 Steel for valves for internal combustion engines

(first revision ) h) IS : 9294-1979 Cold rolling stainless steel strips for razor

blades

j) IS : 9516-1980 Heat resisting steels

0.5 Mechanical properties given in Tables 2 to 6 are applicable to heat treated steels according 10 the stipulations made in Table 7. The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.

0.6 This standard ( Part 5 ) deals with stainless and heat-resisting steels, other parts of IS : 15;O have already been published are:

IS : 1570 ( Part 1 )-1978 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties (first revision ).

IS : 1570 ( Part 2 )-1979 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels ) (first revision ).

IS : 1570 ( Part 3 )-1979 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 3 Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels (first revisions).

._

0.7 Schedules IV and VI of IS : 1570 are also under revision and these lvill also be printed as separate standards in due course. 0.8 Information on the assessment of the ruling sections of bars, forgings and parts is given in Appendix A.

0.9 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.

1. SCOPE

1.1 This star.dnrd ( Part 5 > is applicab!e to steels with a high alloy content primarily intcrded for corrosion and hcnt-rcsistingpurposes and supplied to spcclficd chemical composilion a; given in Table~l. The mechanical propcrtics of these steels arc given in Tables 2 to 6.

*Rules for rounding off numerical values (rcviscd).

4

IS : 1570 ( Part 5) - 1985

TABLE I SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITIONS OF HIGH ALLOY STEELS, STAINLESS STEELS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS

SL STEEL (Clause 1.1 ) No. DESIGNATION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION

(1) 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

24.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

C

(2) (3)

*x04cr 12 0.0s Max

*x1 2012 @08,‘0*15

X20013 0,16/0.25

X3CCrl3 0.26,‘0.35

X40CrJ 3 0.3510.45

X07Crl7 @12 Max

Xl5Crl6Ni2 0*10/0~20

X108Crl7Mo 0.95U.20

X02Crl9NilO - 0.030 Max

X04Crl9Ni9 008 Max

X07Crl8Ni9 0.15 Max

X04Crl8NilOTi 0.08 Max

XO4Crl8NilONb 0.08 Max

X04Crl7Nil2Mo2 0.08 Max

XOZCri7Nil2Mo2 0.030 Max

XC4Crl7Nil2Mo2Ti 0.080 Mdx

XO4Crl9Ni13Mo3 ‘0.08 Max

Xl5Cr25N 0.20 Max

XO7&17Mn12Ni4 0.12 Max

XlOCrl7hh6Ni4 0.20 Max

Xl5Cr24Nil3 0.20 Max

X4ONil4Crl4W3Si2 0.35/@50

X2OCr25Ni20 0.25 Max

X04Cr25Ni20 0.08 Max

X45Cr9Si3 @040/0~50

XSOCr2dSi2Nil @75/@85

X66Crl3 @60,‘0+2

X85CriSMo2V O.SOjO.sO

X20Cr2Nil2N 0.1 S/O.25

X70021Mn6Ni2N 0.65iO.75

X5502iMn8Ni2N 0.50,‘0.60

X53CrZZMn9Ni4N 0,48,‘0.58

1.0 Max 1 .O Max

l-0 Max lOMax

1.0 Max 1.0 Max

1.0 Max 1.0 Max

1.0 Max 1.0 Max

1.0 Max 1 *O Max

1.0 Max 1-O Max

1.0 Max 1.0 Max

1 .O Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1-O Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1-O Max 2.0 Max

1.0 Max 2.0 Max

1 .O Max 1.5 Max

1.0 Max 10~0114~0

1 .O Max 4.018.0

1.5 Max 2-O Max

2.0 Max 1.0 M&x

25 Max 2.0 Max.

1.5 Max 2.0 Max

3.013.75 0.30/‘0.60

1.75J22.5 0.20/0.60

&5 Max &40-l,O

1.0 Max 1.5 Max

o-75-1.25 1.5 Max

0.45-0.85 5.5-7-O

1.0 Max 7.0-9.5

0.25 Max 8.0-iO.0

Ni

(6) -

1.0 Max

1.0 Max

1.0 Max

1.0 Max

0.5 Max

1.2512.50

0.50 Max

8*0:12.0

8.0/10.5

8.0/1@0

9.0/12-O

9*0/12.0

10.0/14.0

10.0,‘140

10.0/14.0

11.0/15.0

3.515.5

3.515.5

11~0/15~0

12~0/15~0

1s.o;21.0

1*0/22.0

0.50 Max

1.2Ojl.70

-

-

10.5/12.5

1.4p.9

1.51275

3*25/4.50

Cr

(7)

11.5/13.5

11*5/13*5

12.0/14.0

12.d,‘14.0

12.0/14.0

16~0/18’0

15~0/17~0

16.0/18.0

MO Nb S Max

(8) (JO) (JJ) - - - 0.030

- - - 0.030 - - - 0.030

- - - 0.030

- - - 0.030 - - 0.030

- - - PO30

0.75 Max - - 0.030

17.5/20.0 -

17*5/20*0 -

17’0/19*0 -

170/19.0 -

17*0/ 19.0 -

16.0/18*0 2*0/3’0

16’0/18*0 2*0,‘3’0

16.0/18’0 2.Oj3.0

18*0/20*0 3.0/4-o

23.0127.0 -

16.0/18.0 -

16.Ojl8.0 -

22.0/25.0 -

120/15*0 -

i4.0/26.0 -

24.0126 0 -

7.519.5 -

19.0/21*0 -

12.0/14.0 -

16.5/18*5 2.5 Max

20.0/22.0 -

200/22*0 -

20*0!22.0 -

20.0/23*0 -

- - 0.030 - - 0.030

- 0.030

5XC-0.80 - 0.030 - IOXC-1.0 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.030

5XC-0*80t - 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.030

- - 0030 - 0.030

- - 0.030

- 0.035 - 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.050 - - 0.030

- -

- - 0.035

- 0.035

- 0.035

- - 0.035

- 0.035

P Mix

(12)

0.040

0.040

0.040

0+40

O%O

0.040

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

-

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

0.045

*For free cutting varieties at serial huthbers 1 to 4, Wphur and Selenium content shall be as agieed to between ttie purchaser and the manufacturer. tFor electrode steel Nb - 10 C to 1.0 in place of Ti.

5

REMARKS

(13)

N 0.25 Max

N 0.25 Max

W 2.0/3*0

0.60

Vauadium

Max

As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank

Y02Ct19NilO 485 XO&r19Ni9 515

XO7Cr18Ni9 515

XO4Crl8NilOTi 515

XO4Crll)NilONb 515

~X04Cd7Ni12MoZ 515

XOZCr17Ni12Mo2 485

XO4017Nil2Mo2Ti2 515

XO4Cr19Ni13Mo3 515

X15Cr24Ni13 490

X2OCr25Ni20 515

XO4Cr25Ni20 515

XO7Cr17Mn12Ni4 550

XO4Cr12

X12Cr12

X07Cr17

X2Wr13

X30Crl3

Xl5Cr16Ni2

Xl08Cr17Mo

X15Cr25N

415

450

450

-

515

!mw&&w w$;y&e&-. Mlax %

%I? ‘Min Brinell Rock- Percent well B

MPa

chromium - Nickel Steels

170 40

205 40

205 40

205 40

205 40

205 40

170 40

205 40

205 35

210 40

210 40

205 40

250 45

Chromium - Steels

205 220

205 20.0

205 22.0

-

-

- -

275 20

183 88 183 88 183 88

183 88

183 88

ui 95

217 95

217 ~ 95

217 95

223 95

223 95

217 95

217 88

183 88

217 95

183 ~88

241 -

241 -

285 -

269 -

217 -

7

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

TABLE 3 MECHANICAL TEST REQUIREMENTS IN ANNEALED QUENCHED OR SOLUTION TREATED COND ITION FOR

BARS AND FLATS

STEEL DESIGNATION

XOZCr19NilO

X04Cr19Ni9

XlOCr18Ni9 XO4Crl8NilOTi

X04Crl8NilONb

X04Cr17Ni12Mo2

X02Crl7Ni12Mo2 X04Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti

X04Crl9Ni13Mo3

X15Cr24Ni13 X2Od25Ni20 XO4Cr25Ni20 XOCr17Mn6Ni4

40Ni14Crl4W3Si2

X04Cr12 Xl2Cr12 X07Cr17

X20Cr13 X30Crl3

( cfuuses 0;s and 1.1 )

TENSILE 02 PERC~ZNT ELONGATION STRE;3TOla PRooFs&RES" IN;,,mm,

MPa MPa: P&ceh

Chromium -Nickel Steels

483 172 40

517 207 40

517 207 40 517 207 40

517 207 40

517 207 40

483 172 40

517 207 40

5r? 207 40

490 210 40

490 210 40

517 207 40 515 275 40

785 345 - 35

Chromium-Steels

445 276 20

483 276 20

483 276 20 - - -

- - - X40Cr13

X15Cr16Ni2

X108Crl7Mo XlSCr25N

600-750 - - - -

- -

490 280 16

?iiiitN Min, ’

Percent

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50 50 45 40

-

45

BRINSLL HRRD- NESS MUX

217 269

241

241 225

285

269

212

8

IS:1570(Part5)-1985.

~~- TABLE 4 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEETS,

PLATES, STRIPS, BARS AND FLATS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION

( Clauses 0.5 and I. 1 )

STEEL DESIGNATION 0.2 PERCENT TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION PROOF STRESS, MPa

Min. MPa M!n, Percent

X12012 410 590 to 780 16 X20013 490 -690 to 880 14 X30Cr13 590 780 to 980 11 X15Cr16Ni2 640 830 to 1 030 10

NOTE - Elongation values are given on the Gauge Length as per IS : 3803-1976 that is, Lo = 5.65d/sz Percent elongation values given are applicable-to all sizes of sheets, plates, strips and bars of 5 to 100 mm flats of 3 to 30 mm.

TABLE 5 HARDNESS VALUES FOR CUTLERY STEELS IN THE FORM OF BARS, I-LATS, SHEETS, PLATES AND STRIPS


STEEL DESIGNATION QUENCHED AND TEMPERED HARDNESS, Min

r-_-___~ HV HRC

X30Cr13 500 49

X108Cr17Mo 660 58

NOTE - Annealed hardness of these grades has already been included in Tables 2 and 3.

TABLE 6 HARDNESS VALUES -FOR VALVE STEELS

STEEL DESIGNATION

X45Cr9Ci3

X80Cr20SiZNil X85Cr18Mo2V X20Cr2Nil2N X70CrZlMn6NiZN X55Cr21 Mn8Ni2N

X53Cr22Mn9Ni4N

HARDENED AND TEMPERED HB

255.293

255-306

255-306

302 Max

321 Min

321 Min

321 Min

TABLE 7 RECOMMENDED HEAT TREATMENT FOR STAINLESS STEELS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS

!!!

( CIause 0.5 )

STEEL DESIGNATION

(1)

XO4Cr I 2

X07Cr17

XI .CCr25N20

X12&12

‘; X20Cr13

X30Cr13

X15Cr16Ni2

X108Ct17Mo X02Cr19NilO

X04Crl9Ni8 X07Cr18Ni9

XO4Crl8NilOTi X04Crl8NilONb XOICr17Ni12ib402

X02Cr17Ni12Mo2

ANNEALING/$• LWION TREATMENT CI ‘Symbol* Temperature

(2)

A A A A A A A

A A S S s S S S S

XO4Cr17NilEMo2Ti2 S

XO4Cr19Ni13Mo3 S

X07Cr17Mn12Ni4 S

(3)

“C 750-800 750-850 750.850

700-780

770-870

770-870 770-870

750-800 780-880

1 000-l 150 do

d? do do

do do

do

do

do

Quenching Media*

(4)

I.0

a. w

0,

/”

/’

r”

w, 0. a do

do

do do

do do

do

do

do

h

HARDENINQ AND TEMPERING TREATMENT A

‘Symbol* Terhperature Quenching Ta I Media* Temuerature U

(5) (6)

“C - -

- -

Q+T - 950-l 000 -

Q+T - 980-l 030

Q+Tl 980-l 030

Q+T2 980-l 030

Q+T 980-l 030

Q+ T 1000-l 050 - -

- - - -

-

(7)

-

-

-

0, a -

0. a

0, a 0, 0 0

0, a -

-

- -

- -

700-750 -

650-770

630-700 loo-2so 630-700

100-250 -

-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

X15Cr24Ni13 X2OCr25Ni20 XO4Cr25Ni20 X85Cr18Mo2V X2OCr2Nil2N X7OCr21 Mn6Ni2N X55Cr21 Mn8Ni2N X53Cr22Mn9Ni4N X4OCr13 XlOCr17Mn6Ni4 X40Ni14Cr14W3SiZ

s do do - - - - S do do - - - -

S do do - - - - Q-t-7’ 1050-l 080 - - 700-750

- - STS (P, 1 100-l 200 o:w 700-800 - - - si‘+p 1 100-l 200 730-780t - - - ST+P 1100-l 200 ,” 730-780t

A 7So-850 F ST+P 1 100-l 200 w 730-780t

- - -

ST 1000-l 150 Iv, 0 - - -

ST 980-I 080 w, o - - - -

NOTE - For austenitic stainless steels, the quenching media shall be selected taking into consideration the size of the material and carbon content of the grade.

*A = Annealing. Q = Quenching, T = Tempering S = Softening,f= Furnace, u = Air, w = Water, o= Oil, ST = Solution Treatment

w L P = Patenting

Stabilization Temperature 550°C

tTemperature for ageing treatment

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

APPENDIX A

( Clause 0.8 )

INFORMATION ON RULING SECTION

A-l. The mechanical ~properties obtained from a steel of a given composition are fundamentally influenced by the speed of cooling from a temperature above the upper critical point, that is, from hardening or normalizing temperature. Also for a given method of cooling, for example, oil quenching the rate of cooling is strongly affected by the size and shape of the part being treated. Therefore, for a steel of a given composition, the mechanical properties attained are affected not only by the method of cooling emp!oyed, but also by the size andshape of the part at the time of heat treatment. Thus, although it may be possible to obtain effective hardening by oil quenching a small section of a steel of a particular composition, it may be possible to satisfactory hardening throughout the mass when parts of larger cross-sectional dimensions are oil quenched. In such circumstances~a steel of a different composition has to be selected. This inter-relation between the mechanical properties obtained and the size and shape of the part at the time of heat treatment is sometime referred to as ‘mass effect’.

A-2. It is, therefore, necessary when selecting the steel which should be used to attain certain specified mechanical properties after heat treatment, to know the size and shape of the part to be heat-treated. The cross-sectional dimensions of that portion of the forging or part, where it is most important to obtain the desired mechanical properties, are regarded as the ‘ruling section’ of 3he part. In the case of round bar, the diameter is the ruling section, but as many shapes other than round bars require heat treatment, it is desirable to be able’to relate the rates of cooling of other shapes to their equivalent sections of round bar. The diameters of round bars, the centres of which would cool through a. given temperature range at the same rate as the centres of rectangular and square bars of selected sizes have been assessed and the resulting ‘equivalent ruling sections’ are given in Tables 8 and 9. Table 8 gives the equivalent ruling section in terms of diameter of round bar for rectangular and square sections when oil quenched, while Table 9 gives the same information for air cooling. As examples of how the tables may be applied, the centre of.square section of 100 mm sides will, when oil quenched, cool at the same rate as a round section of 108 mm diameter and the equivalent ruling section of a slab 140 mm wide and 60 mm thick will, for oil quenching be 88 mm. In the case of other regular sections, close approximations may usually be made since the order of decreasing rate of cooling is round, octagonal, hexagonal and

12

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

square, while oval sections with major axis a and minor axis b will cool more slowly than a round~bar of diameter b but faster than a rectangle axb.

- T ir-

b

B

18 1C

FIG. 1 RULING SECTION

A-3. In the case of parts of non-uniform section, not only it is necessary to consider which is the most important portion of the forging in which the specified properties are essential, but also to consider the relation of the length of any enlarged portion to its diameter. For example, in the case of a forging with a barrel, the length L of which is greater than the diameter D ( see Fig. IA ), this diameter will be the ruling dimension. In the case of collar, the diameter D1 of which is greater than the thickness T ( see Fig. 1B ), the collar may be considered as a disc of which the thickness is the governing dimension although the ruling section of the part as a whole for practical purposes will be the diameter Do. For forgings where the dimension 5 and thickness Tof the portion of largest cross-section are similar ( see Fig. lC), the dimension A, between the centre and fhe nearest points of the external surface will in general determine the ruling section.

13

T~mc~~s.w

\ WIDTH

4

10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140

DIAMETER OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

10

20

30

40

50

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

225

250

300

350 and over

X= Gre; _

( Clause A-2 ) All dimensions in millimetres.

10 -

14 21

16 26

17 29

17 31

17 32

17 32

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

17 33

18 33

-

32

37

40

43

46

47

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

49

!r than 160 mm.

-

43

48

51

57

60

62

63

63

63

63

63

63

63

63

- -- -

-- -

-- -

-- -

54 -- -

59 65 - -

66 74 87 -

71 80 96 108

74 85 102 117

76 88 108 125

77 90 112 131

77 91 115 136

78 92 117 140

78 92 119 143

78 92 120 145

78 92 121 148

78 92 121 150

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

130

140

148

154

X

X

X

x

X

-

-

-

-

-

152

X

x .

X

X

X

X

X

14

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTlONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING

t Clause A-2 ) All dime&ions in mill~metres.

10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140

DIAMETER OF EQUIVALENT ROWNDS

2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

10

20

IO - -

13 20 -

15 24 30

16 27 34

16 29 38

17 30 41

17 34 45

17 33 47

17 34 49

17 34 50

17 34 51

r8 35 51

18 35 52

18 35 52

18 35 53

18 37 54

20 39 59

:r than 160 mm.

- -

-

40 -

45 51

49 55

54 62

~58 68

62 72

64 76

66 79

67 81

68 83

69 85

70 86

71 88

78 -97

-

30

40

50

60

80

-

-

61

70

76

82

86

90

93

95

98

200

104

115

- -

81

90

98

104

109

114

117

121

125

131

152

-

100

120

140

102

111

119

126

132

137

142

147

155

122

132

140

148

154

X

X

X

X

142

152

X

X

X

X

X

X

160

180

200

225

250

300

350 and over

X = Grei

X

15

IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985

( Con tinuedfrom page 2 )

Stainless, Heat Resisting and Valve Steels Subcommittee, SM.DC 19 : 7 Convener

SHRI M. K. DUTTA

Members

Representing

Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur

SHRI R.-C. JHA ( Alternate to Shri M. K. Dutta )

SHRI B. R. BALIGA SHRI S. SRIDHARN ( Alternate 1

Engine Valves Ltd, Madras

SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ * ’ Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI G. R. PRAKASH ( Afternate )

SHRI c~~yn4R.4~ Fertilizer Corporation of India Ltd, Sindri SHRI P. R. ROY ( Alternate )

DEPUTY DIRECTOR I MET-I ) Ministry of Railways ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ST&

( MP )-VIJI ( Alternate ) SHRI D . Ci ADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari

SHRI ASIM CHATTERJEE ( Alternate ) IM -N. K~NDAC RAO Nuclear Fuel Complex, Hyderabad DR TEGH B. KOSHAL Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi SHRI M: K. LUTHRA Jindal Strips Ltd, Hissar

SHR~ S.-S. NEGI ( Alternate ) CDR K. N. MADHAV RAO Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad

SHRI S. N. JHA ( Alterkate~) SHRI S. R. MEDIRA’TTA Research and Development Centre for Iron

and Steel *(SAIL), Ranchi DR S. K. SEN ( Afternote )

SRRI A. N. MITRA Tata Iron and Steel Co Ltd. Jamshedpur SHRI SURESH GUPTA ( Alternate )

DR R. V. PATTY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANAN ( Alternate )

REPRESENTATIVE National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamshedpur

SHRI D. D. SHARMA Chemical Plant and Machinery Association of India, Bombay

SHRI Y. L. MIDHA ( Alternate ) DR L. K. SINGHAL Salem Steel Projects (SAIL), Salem

SHRI B. B. PATNAIK ( Alternate )

16

-BUREAU OFF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:

Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar ~Marg, NEW DELHI 110002

Telephones: 331 01 31, 331 13 75 Telegrams: Manaksanstha ( Common to all Offices )

Regional Offices: Telephone Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg,

I

331 01 31 NEW DELHI 110002 331 1375

*Eastern : 1 /14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, 36 24 99 Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054

Northern : SC0 445-446, Sector 35-C,

I

21843 CHANDIGARH 160036 3 16 41

1

41 24 42 Southern : C. I. T. Campus, MADRAS 600113

4”: 2’95 :t tWsstern : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri ( East ), 6 32 92 95

BOMBAY 400093

Branch Offices: ‘Pushpak’. Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khenpur.

I

2 63 48 AHMADABAD 380001 2 63 49

+,Peenya Industrial Area 1st Stage, Bangalorelumkur Road 38 49 55 BANGALORE 560058

I 38 49 56

Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T. T. Nagar, 667 16 BHOPAL 462003

Plot No. 82/83, Lewis Road. BHUBANESHWAR 751002 531’6. Ward No. 29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th Byelane,

GUWAHATI 781003

5 36 27 3 31 77

5-8-56C L. N. Gupta Marg ( Nampally Station Road ), HYDERABAD 500001

23 1083

R14 Yudhister Marg, C Scheme, JAIPUR 302005

117/418 B Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005

i 63471 6 98 32

_ 1

21 68 76 21 ~82 92

Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 6 23 05 TX. No. 14/l 421. University P.O.. Palayam

TRIVANDRUM 695035 162104 i 16 21 17

/nspection Offices ( With Sale Point ):

Pushpanjali. First Floor, 205-A West High Court Road, Shankar Naaar Sauare, NAGPUR 440010

2 51 71

Institution of Engineers ( India ) Building, 1332 Shivaji Nagar, 5 24 35 PUNE 411005

*Sales Office in Calcutta is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P. 0. Princep 27 68 00 Street. Calcutta 700072

tSeles Office in Bombey is at Novelty Chambers, Or&t Road, 89 65 28 Bombay 400007

$Sales Office in Bangalore is at Unity Building, Narasimharaja Square, 22 36 71 Bangalore 560002

Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India

Indian Standard

SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 6 CARBON AND ALLOY TOOL STEELS

( First Revision )

ICS 77.140.20; 25.100

0 BIS 1996


NEW DELHI 110002

bxxrnhcr- I996 Price Group 2

Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16

FOREWORD

This Indian Standard (Part 6) (First Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Metallurgical Engineering Division Council.

This standard was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts are:

Part 1

Part 21 Set 1

Part 21 Set 2

Part 3

Part 4

Part 5

Part 7

Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties (first revision)

Carbon steels (unalloyed steels), Wrought products (other than wire) with specified chemical composition and related properties (first revision)

Carbon steels (unalloyed steels), Carbon steel wires with related properties Cfirst revision)

Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels @-st revisinn)

Alloy steels (alloy constructional and spring steels) with specified chemical composition and mechanical properties (first revision)

Stainless, and heat resisting steels (second revision)

Steels for elevated temperature service (creep resistant steels)

In this revision, the following modifications have been made:

21 1 Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS 1762 (Part I) : 1974 ‘Code for designation of steels: Part 1 Based on letter symbols (first revision)‘.

b) Tool steels are divided into four categories:

1) Unalloyed cold worked tool steels

2) Alloyed cold woik tool steels

3) Alloyed hot work tool steels

4) High speed steels

In the preparation of this revised standard, assistance has been derived from the following Overseas standards:

IS0 DIS 49.57-1980 Tool steels, issued by International Organization for Standardization, ISO.

DIN 17350- 1980 Tool steels, issued by Deutsches lnstitut Fur Normung, DIN.

ASTM A-600-1989 Tool steels high speed, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.

ASTM A-681-1991 Tool steels alloys, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.

ASTM A-6X6-1989 Tool steels carbon, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.

For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.

IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996

Indian Standard

SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 6 CARBON AND ALLOY TOOL STEELS

( First Revision )

1 SiOPE

1.1 This standard is applicable to carbon and alloy tool steels supplied to a specified composition as given in Tables 1, 2, 3 and 4.

1.2 This schedule is not intended to be used as specification to which steel will be ordered. The orders shall be placed to the relevant detailed specifications.

2 GRADES

The tool steelsare divided into four broad categories, namely:

Unalloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TC (Table 1) Alloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TAC (Table 2) Alloyed Hot Work Tool Steels, TAH (Table 3) High Speed Steels, THS (Table 4)

Table l Unalloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TC ( Clauses 1.1 and 2 )

Grade Designation Chemical Composition. Percent as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 Y---E Si M;;\

(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)

TC 1 SOT8 0.4%0.55 0.1 o-0.3.5 0.60-0.90

TC 2 SST8 0.X)-0.60 0. I o-o.35 0.60-0.90

TC 3 6OT6 0.5.5-0.65 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.80

TC 4 6ST6 0.60-0.70 0.1 o-o.35 0.50-0.80

TC 5 70T6 0.65-0.75 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80

TC 6 7ST6 0.70-0.80 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.80

TC 7 80T6 0.75-0.85 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.x0

TC X 8ST6 0.80-0.90 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.80

TC 9 70T3 0.65X.75 0.10-0.30 0.40 Ma

TC 10 8OT3 0.75-0.85 0. 10-0.30 0.40 MUX

TC II 90T3 0.8%0.95 0. I o-0.30 0.40 Mtrx

TC 12 103T3 0.95-1.10 0.1 o-0.30 0.40 MUX

TC 13 I 18T3 1.10-1.2s 0. IO-O.30 0.40 Mu

TC 14 133T3 1.25-1.40 0. IO-O.30 0.40 MUX

NOTES 1 For all steels: S and P 0.035 percent, A4r1.v. 2 For all steels: CI- 0.20 percent Mu. Cu 0.25 percent MUX and Ni 0.25 percent, Mrs.

IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996

. Table 2 Alloyed Gold Work Toal Steels, TAG ( Clauses 1.1 and 2 )

Grade Designation as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 4

(1) * (2) (3)

TAC I TXOV2 0.75-0.8.5 0.10-0.3.5 0.40 MUX

TAC 2 T90V2 0.85-0.95 0. IO-O.35 0.40 Max

TAC 3 T103V2 0.95-O. 10 0.10-0.3s 0.40 MUX

TAC 4 TI 1802 1.10-1.2s 0.1 o-o.35 0.40 MUX

TAC 5 TI3SCr2 1.25-1.40 0.10-0.35 0.40 MUX

TAC 6 TIOSCrS 0.90- 1.20 0.10-0.3s 0.20-0.40

TAC 7 TlOSCrSMn2 0.90-1.20 0. I o-o.35 0.40-0.80

TAC 8 T140WlSCr2 1.30-I.50 0.10-0.3s 0.2%o.so

TAC 9 T60Ni.5 O.SS-0.65 0.10-0.3s 0.x-0.80

TAC IO T40Ni14 0.x-0.45 0.10-0.15 0.50-0.80

TAC I I T30Ni16CrS 0.25-0.3s 0. IO-O.35 0.40-0.70

TAC 12 TSSNi6Cr3 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80

TAC 13 TSONiCrMo4 0.4%0.55 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.80

TAC I4 TSSNibC3Mo3 0.50-0.60 0. I o-o.35 0.50-0.80

TAC IS T4ONi6Cr4Mo.3 0.35-0.45 0. IO-O.35 0.40-0.70

TAC 16 T30NiIOCr3Mo6 0.2.5-0.35 0.10-0.3.5 0.40-0.70

TAC 17 T4ONiIOCr3Mo6 0.35-0.4.5 0.10-0.7.5 0.40-0.70

TAC 18 TIOSW6CrV2 0.90-l .20 0: 10-0.3s 0.40 Max

TAC 19 Tl IOMn4W6Cr4 1.00-1.20 0.10-03 0.90- 1.30

TAC 20 T90Mn6WCr2 0.8%0.9s 0.10-0.3.5 I .25-I .75

TAC 21 XTI60Cr12 1.50-1.70 0.1 o-o.35 0.250.55

TAC 22 XT2ISCr12 2.00-2.30 0. I o-o.35 0.2s0.50

TAC 23 TSSCr3 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.4.5 0.60-0.80

TAC 24 T4SCrSSi3 0.40-0.50 0.80-1.10 o.ss-0.75

TAC 25 TSSCr3V2 O.SO-0.60 0. IO-O.35 0.60-0.80

TAC 26 TSOCr4V2 0.45-05s 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80

TAC 27 TSSSi7 0.50-0.60 1 .so-2.00 0.80-I .OO

TAC 2X TSSSi7Mo3 0.50-0.60 1 .SO~2.00 0.80-I .OO

TAC 29 T4OW8CrSV2 0.35-0.4s o.so- 1 .oo 0.20-0.40

TAC 30 TSOW8CrSV2 0.4%0.55 0.50-l .oo 0.20-0.40

Si

(4)

Chemical Composition, Percent

Ni Cr MO V W’ Ml1

0) (6) (7) (8) (9) (IO)

0. I s-o.30 -

0.15-0.30 -

0. IS-O.30 -

- - -

- - -

- -

0.30-0.60 -

- 0.30-0.60 -

1 .OO- I .60 -

- I .OO- I .60 -

0.30-0.70 -

I .oo- 1 .so 0.30 MUX -

3.20-3.60 0.30 Max -

3.90-4.30 1.10-1.40 -

1.25-I .65 0.50-0.80 -

0.80-1.00 0.80-1.00 0.30-0.40

1.25-1.75

1.25-1.75

2.25-2.7s

2.25-2.75

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.50-0.80

0.90-I .30

0.50-0.80

0.50-0.80

0.40-0.80

0.90-l .30

0.30-0.60

11 .o-13.0

11.0-13.0

0.60-0.80

1.20-1.60

0.60-0.80

0.90. I .20

I .oo- I .so

1.00-I.SO

0.25-0.3s

0.20-0.3s

0.40-0.70

0.40-0.70

0.25 Mu”

0.80 MUX” 0.80 MUX” -

0.80 Mtrxl’ 0.80 MUX') -

-

0.25-0.40

-

0.30 MLx -

0.30 MUX -

- -

- -

- 3.50-4.20

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

-

- -

0.20-0.30 1.25-1.7.5

- I .2s- 1.75

0.25 MUX ') 0.40-0.60

- -

- -

0. I o-0.20 -

0. I s-0.30 -

- -

0.12-0.20” -

0.10-0.25 1 .lS-2.25

0. IO-O.25 I .7S-2.25

NOTE - For all steels: P and S 0.035 percent, MUX each.

‘) Optional (wherever optional limit for molybdenum is given, it would apply to either molybdenum alone or molybdenum and tungsten together).

2

IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996

Table 3 Alloyed Hot Work Tool Steels, TAH ( Cluuses 1 .l and 2 )

Grade Designation Chemical Composition, Percent as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 - C Si Mn Ni Cr

(1) (2) (3) (4) (3 (6) (7)

TAH I XT33W9Cr3V4 0.25-0.40 0. IO-O.35 0.20-0.40 2.80-3.30

TAH 2 XT35CrSMolV3 0.30-0.40 0.80- 1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.75-5.50

TAH 3 XT3SCrSMoV I 0.30-0.40 0.80-1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.7s-5.50

TAH 4 XT3SCrSMoW IV3 0.30-0.40 0.80-1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.75-5.50

TAH 5 XTSSW 14Cr3V4 0.50-0.60 0. IO-O.35 0.20-0.40 - 2.80-3.30

TAH 6 TSSNi7CrSMo3V 1 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.65-0.95 I .SO- I .80 0.60-0.80

TAH 7 TSSNi7Cr4MoSV 1 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.65-0.95 I .%)-I.80 1.00-1.20

NOTE - For all steels: S and P 0.035 percent, Max each.

MO

(8)

-

1 JO- 1.60

I .20- 1.60

1.20-1.60

-

0.25-0.3s

0.45-0.55

-- V

(9) (:I

0.25-0.50 8.0 10.0

0.20-0.40 -

1.00-1.20 -

0.20-0.40 1.20-I .60

0.30-0.60 13.0. IS.0

0.07-o. 12 -

0.07-O. 12 -

Table 4 High Speed Steels, THS ( Clauses 1 .I and 2 )

Grade ~Designation as per IS 1762

Chemical Composition, Percent

(Part 1) : 1974 A- C

(1) (2) (3

THS I XT78W 18Cr4V 1 0.73-0.33

THS 2 XTIOOMo9Cr4W2V2 0~95-1.0s

THS 3 XT82Mo8Cr4W 1 V 1 0.77-0.87

THS 4 XT87W6MoSCr4V2 0.82-0.92

THS 5 XTl22W6MoSCr4V3 I.151.30

THS 6 XT8OW I3Co I OCr4V2 0.7%0.85

THS 7 XTIOW lSCoSCr4MolVl 0.75-0.85

THS 8 XT90W6CoSMoSCr4V2 0.85-0.9.5

THS 9 XTlS2Wl2CoSVSCr4Mol 1.45-1.60

THS 10 XT127WlOColOCr4Mo4V3 1.20-1.35

THSll XT1 12Mo9CoKr4W2Vl 1 .os- I .20

THS 12 XT1 12W7CoSCr4Mo4V2 1.05-l .20

NOTES

co (4)

-

9.50-10.50

4.70-5.20

4.70-5.20

4.70-S.20

9.50-10.50

7.50-8.50

4.70-5.20

Cr

(3

3.m4.so

3.m4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.m

3.50-4.50

3.m4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.50

3.50-4.50

Mii (6)

8.00-9.00

8.00-9.00

4.60-5.30

4.60-5.30

-

0.70-I .oo

4.60-5.30

0.70-I .oo

3.20-3.90

9.00- IO.00

L-3.50-4.20

V

(7)

WY

(8)

0.90- 1.20 17.20-1x.70

I .70-2.20 1 .so-2.10

0.90-I .40 1.40-2.00

1.70-2.20 5.70-6.70

2.70-3.20 5.70-6.70

1.30-I .80 17.20-18.70

1.10-1.60 17.20-18.70

1.70-2.20 s.70.6.70

4.7s-s.55 11.5-13.0

3.00-3.50 9.0-10.0

0.90. I .40 I .30-1.90

1.70-2.20 6.40-7.40

For all grades, Si = 0.50 percent, Max, Mn = 0.40 percent, Mm, P = 0.030 percent, Mnx, S = 0.030 percent, Mu.

Where Co and MO are not specified, these should not be intentionally added and should not exceed the limits of Co = 1.00 percent, Mm, and MO = 0.70 percent, Mu.


BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau ofhuiian Starzdards Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BlS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing thestandard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.


Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standaid along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no chanses are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.

This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot : No. MTD 16 (3975).


Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected -


Headquarters:

Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams : Manaksanstha Telephones : 323 01 31,323 83 75,323 94 02 (Common to all offices)

Regional Offices :


T&phone

323 76 17 323 38 41

Eastern : 1114 C. LT. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Manfktola CALCUTTA 700054

{ 3378499 3378561 337 86 26: 337 91 20

60 3x 43 60 20 25


Sou!hcrn : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, MADRAS 600113 235 02 16, 235 04 42 235 15 19,235 23 15

Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andhcri (East) MUMBAI 400093

832 92 95,832 78 5X 8327891,8327892 ,

Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHC:‘AL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. PATNA. THIRUVANANTlIAPURAM.

- Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi-1 10015, Indl;t

Indian Standard

SCHEDULE FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 7 STEELS FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE

(CREEP RESISTANT STEELS )

( Second Reprint APRIL 1998 )

UDC 669*14*018*44 (083.4)

@ BIS 1992


NEW DELHI 110002

May 1992 Price Group 7

Alloy Steels aud Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16

FOREWORD

This Indian Standard was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, had been approved by the Metallurgical Engineering Division Council.

Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS 1570 : 1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:

Part 1

Part 2

Part 3

Part 4

Part 5

Part 6

This schedule specifications.

Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties

Carbon steels ( Unalloyed steels )


Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )

Stainless and heat-resisting steels

Tool steels

does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed

For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis shall be rounded off in accordance with IS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised )‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard,

IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992

Indian Standard

SCHEDULEFOR WROUGHTSTEELS PART 7 STEELS FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE

( CREEP RESISTANT STEELS )

1 SCOPE

1.1 This Schedule ( Part 7 ) covers the technical requirements and informations for wrought carbon, low alloy and high alloy steels for elevated temperature applications used for the construction of steam and water boilers, pressure vessels, turbines, water and steam pipe line as well as other power generating plants. They are delivered as strips, sheets, plates, pipe lines, forgings and forged, rolled or drawn bars as well as blooms and billets.

2 GENERAL

2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16 and its approval obtained.

2;2 The ladle analysis of the steels is given in Table 1. These steels have an Increased resistance

to creep due to their alloy contents. The permissible deviations between analysis and product analysis are given in Table 2 and the heat treatment schedule is given in Table 5.

2.3 These steels are suitable for hot working and cold forming operations and they may generally be welded by the usual welding processes. The hot working characteristics of austenitic steels should be noted.

2.4 In addition to defining the composition limits, the specified mechanical properties applicable to the different conditions are included. Table 3 gives the mechanical properties at room temperature and Table 4 gives proof stress at elevated temperature. Table 6 ( for guidance only ) include the data for steels for average creep stresses for 1 o/o elongation and rupture stresses for 10 000, 30 000, 51 000, 100 000, 150 000, 200 000 and 250 000 h.

2.5 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should he included in the specification.

Type of Steel

Table 1 Type of Steel, Chemical Composition and Typical Forms

( Clause 2.2 )

Chemical Composition, wt. y’ Typical Form

(1) 1) Fe360H

2) Fe4lOH

3) 12C7H

4) 18ClOH

5) 16Mo3H

6) 15Mo6H

7) lOMo6H

N 8) 20Mo5H

9) 12Cr4Mo5H

10) 12Cr2Mo5V2H

11) 12Cr9MolOH

12) lOCr36MolOH

13) 4OCrMoH

14) 21CrMoVH

15) 40CrMoVH

16, 20CrMoVTi BH

17) 25Cr2MoVH

18) 20Cr2MoVH

19) 12Cr13H

#.-------4-_------ ______ -__-----*---a--- _-___ -.--I_--- .____ --v----e

C Si Mn Cr MO

(2) 0 20 Max

(3) 0’10 to 0’35

0.10 to W35

0.10 to 0’35

(4)

0’40 to 1’20

U’50 tc, 1’30

0’40 lo 1 %Jo

P S Max Max (5) (6)

0’03 0.03

0’04 o-03

0,045 0’045

(7) (8) 0.25 Max 0'10 Max

Ni V

(9) (10)

0’30 Max --

Others’

0’20 Max 0.25 Max 0’10 Max

0’17 Max W25 Max -

0.30 Mu - -

0.35 Max -

(12)

cu 0.30 Max

Cl1 0’30 Max

CU 0’30 Max

0’15 to 0’22

0’12 to 0.20

0’10 to 0.35

0’10 to 0.35

0.60 to 1’40

0’40 to 0’80

0.045

0’04

0’045

WO30

0’04

0.040

0’040

0’040

0.040

0’035

0’030

0’030

0’03

0.030

0’030

0’040

0.045

0’04

- 0’35 Max -

0.30 Max 0.25 to 0.35

0.35 Max -

CU O-30 Max

CU 0’30 Max Al met 0’02 Max

o-10 to 0.20

@I5 Max

0’15 to 0.25

0’10 to 0’50

0’50 to 1’00

0’10 to 0’35

0’30 to 0’80

0.30 to 0.60

0’90 to 1’40

0’045

0’030

0.04

-

1’00 to 1’50

O-30 Max

0’44 to 0 65

0.45 to fJ.60

0’40 to 0.60

- -

0.30 MUX -

0’10 to 0’10 to 0’40 to 0’18 0.35 0’70

0.70 to 0’45 to 1’10 0’65

-

0’10 to 0.18

0’08 to 0’15

0.15 Max

0’30 to 0’60

0’040

- 0’22 to - 0.32

- -

- -

Cu 0.30 Max Al met 0.02 Max

Al met 0’02 Max aeam

Al met 0.02 Max Al met 0.02 Max Al met WO2 Max

0.35 to 0’45

0.17 to 0.25

0.86 to 0’44

0’17 to 0’24

0’10 to 0’35

0’10 to 0.50

0’25 to 1’0

0.10 to 0’35

0’40 Max

0’10 to 0’35

0’35 Max

xz to

0’30 to 0’70

0’30 to 0.60

0.40 to 0’70

0.40 to 0’80

0.45 to 0’85

0’5 Max

0’030

0’035

0’03

0’03

:z to 1’90 to 2.60

8.00 to IO%0

1.00 to 1’50

1.2 to 1’50

0.9 to 1’2

Y:E to

0’90 to 1’15

0.90 to 1’10

0.50 to 0.80

0.65 to 0 80

::75z to

0.8 to 1’10

0’60 Max 0’25 to 0.35

0.25 to 0’35

0’50 Max 0’7 to 1’0

0’20 to 0’30

0’20 to 0’30

0.09 to 0’15

0’20 to 0’50

0’20 to 0’50

1.00 Max

0’30 to 0’60

0’30 10 O’GO

1’00 Max

0’025

0’030

0’030

1’5 to I’80

1.5 to 1.80

11’5 to 14WI

0’90 to 1’20

0.60 to 0’80

-

0*40 Max 0.20 to 0’30

0’40 Max W20 to 0.30

1’00 Max -

w

(11)

-

-

-

-

-

_-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Ti 0’05 to 0’12 B 0.005

Cl1 0’30 Max

cu 0*30 Mm

(13)

Plates

Plates

Sz;Tless pjpes pipes

with scam

do

Seamless pipes bars forgings steel plates

Steel plate,s

S;;;leo pipes pipes

with plates

Seamless pipes plater

Seamless pipes bars, forgings

Seamless pipes

Bar, forging

do

do

Bars, forgings

Forgings

Bars, forgings

Bar, forging plates

Table 1 ( concluded )

Type of Steel

(1) 20) 12Cr12MoH

21) 12Crl2MoVH

22) 12Cr12Ni2Mo

23) $K$l2MoNi

24) $IC$NiMoNb

25) 7Cr18NilOH

w 26) 3Crl8NillH

27) 6Cr17Ni12 Mo2H

28) 3g317Ni12Mo

29) 7Cr19Nill TiH

30) 7C$rNi I1

31) 1 lCrl7Ni 0.07 to 1.00 Max 13W3TiH 0’15

0’03 to 0’08

1’00 Max

Chemical Composition, wt. y0 Typical Form --------- __-_- ____ -__--*--_--___-_-----~__.__~~-~ ,

C Si

(2) (3) 0’08 to 0’16

0’08 to 0’16

0’08 to 0.16

O-17 to 0.23

0'60 Max

0.60 Max

0’35 Max

0’50 Max

Mn

(4) 0.40 to 1’00

0’40 to 1’00 0’50 to 0’90

1’00 Max

P Ma*

(5) 0.040

0’040

0.040

0’040

8z0 to

0’045

0’045

0.045

0’045

0’045

0’045

0’045

0’045

AL%

(6)

Cr

(7)

MO Ni Others

0’035 11’5 to 13’00

(9) 1’0 Max

V

(10)

0’035 11’5 to 13’00

1’0 Max

(12) (13) - Bar, forging

Bar, forging

0.030 11’0 to 12’5

0’030 11’0 to 12.50

2’0 to 3’0

0’30 to 1’00

N 0’02 Bar, to 0’04

forging plate

- Bar, forging reamless

0.16 to 0’24 “tt& to

0.04 to 075 Max 0’10

0’030 Max 1.00 Max

0’08 Max 1’00 Max

0’030 Max 1.00 Ma%

0’04 to 0’20 to 0’10 0’80

0’04 to 0’75 Max 0’10

0’3 to 0’24

y$o to 10 to 12

(8) 0’40 to 0’80

0’40 to 0’80 1.5 to 2’00

0’7 to 1’20

0’5 to 1’0

0.3 to 1’00

0.10 to 0% 0’25 to 0’40

0’20 to 0’35

0’1 to 0’30

2’00 Max

2’00 Max

2’00 Max

2’00 Max

0.030

0’030

0.030

0’030

0’030

0’030

0’030

0.030

Bin@yoMax Bar forging

Ma; Nb0’2 to 0.50

17.00 to 20’00

- 8’00 to 12’00

17.00 to 19.00 16.00 to 18’00

- Seamless tubes, plates bars, forgings

Plates, forgings seamless tubes

16.00 10 18’00

-

2’00 to 3’00

2’00 to 3’00

9’00 to 13’00 10.00 to 14’00

10’00 to IWO

- Seamless pipes, bars, forgings plates

- Plates,seamless tubes

2’00 Max 17’00 to 20’00

9.00 to 13W

2’00 Max 17’00 to 19’00

- 9.00 to 13%0

-

-

W

(11) -

-

Ti> 4xc< Seamless pipes, 0’60 bars forgings

yob,‘, ps&== Seamlesspipes, . bars, forgings,

plates 1’00 Max 15.5 to

17.50 00.006 0 13’5 to 16’00

- 12’00 to 14.50

2’00 Max forgings 1’00 to 1’50

24.00 to 27’00

2’5 to Ti > 4xc 3’5 <O-80 B

Seamlesspipes,

O*OOO 6 Max bars forgings

O’lOto Ti 1’9 to 0’50 2’30

Bars forgings,

Al met Seamless pipe

0’35 Max B WOO3 to 0’010

Element not quoted in this table shall not be intentionally added to the steel without the agreement of the purchaser, other than for the purpose of finishing the heat. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent the addition, from scrap or other materials used in mechanical properties and applicability.

manufacture, of such elements which effect the hardenability

IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992

Table 2 Permissible Deviation Between Specified Analysis and Prodact Analysis

( Clause 2.1 )

Element

%

CuptoO~25

C above 0.25

si up to 1’0

Mn up to 2.0

P up to 0’05

s up to 0’05

Cr up to I

Above 1 up to 2’5

Above 2’5 up to 1090

Above IO.0

Ni up to 1

Above 1 up to 2.5

Above 10’0

MO up IO I

Above 1

v

cu

Al

Nb

W

Permissible DeviPtions*

f 0’02

f 0’03

f 0’05

f 0’0.5

+ O-005

+ 0’005

+ 0’03

f 0.05

l 0’10

f 0.15

+ 0.03

f 0.05

* O-10

+ O-03

f 0’05

f o-02

f 0’02

f 0’005

f 0’005

+ 0’10

*The deviations, other than when maximum or minimum only are specified, apply either above or below the specified limits of the range but not both above and below for the same element from sample products from the same cast.

4

IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) I 1992

Table 3 Mechanical Properties at Room Temperature

( Clause 2.4 )

Tvue Pro duct Heat’) Thickness Hardnesst) R&23) Rm4)

MPa _-- A-.- ‘Min

(8) 360

Max

(9) 480

% Min

520

480

580 22

590

5%

-

660

448 590

470 620

;t

;z 17

22

30. 21

f :, 19

22

g

18

690

610

610

!E

15

19

610 560 640

E

% 1000

850

16

200

:: 15 20

::

16

1000 950

14 14

15

- 16

-

850

16

:6’

Ab) Bend’) KVQ Test Max D

J MflX

(11) (12) - 0’5 a

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2a

4a

4a

3a

-

-

3a

-

3a

- -

-

3’5 a

-

- - -

-.. of Treatmdnt mm RB

Up to aod’ Including

(5) 16 40

1:; 150

G

1:: 150 -

(‘3) -

-

HFaN -

16

:; 100 -

-

- -

16

z 100 - 16 40

1::

- - -

-

- - - 16

:: 100

255 -

-

- - -

- -

200

250

100 200

200

-

- - - -

-

-

205-250

-

241-269

900

-

At the average

200 do

600 220

-Miin MPa Bend’)

Steel bver

(4) 3

16

: 100

3

z

1: -

3

2 63 -

- -

3 16

tB

3 16

E!

- -

1:

2

- - - - - -

-

loo -

-

-

- -

410

360

460

(1) 1 Plate (2)

(3)

N (7)

205 195 185 175 170 225 215 205

:z

215

265

260 250 250

Note 8 250

205 205 355 345 345

Note 8

:z 305 305

Note 8

440

440

380 415

510

410 375

275 285 285 285

Note 8

560 540

460

460

275 135 275 275 335 135 390 635

550

460 410 490

% 410 590 850

700

700 850 635 800

680-780 800

420 630

500

550 450

630

El

2 Plate

Quadrangular seamless pipe

Seamless pipe and pipe with seam

Seamless pipe and pipe with seam

Seamless pipes, steel plates

N

N

N,N+T

Bars, forgings Q+T Tuber N+T

Tubes N+T Steel plates N+T

6 7

8

Pipes Plates

9

Bars, forgings

Pipes Plates

N+T Q+T N+T N+T

10

Bars., forgmgs

Pipes

Bars, forgings

Pipes

Bars, forgings Bar?, forgmgs

Bars, forgmga

Bars, forgings

Forgings of tur- bine shafts

N+T Q+T A N+T M+T Q+‘JJ

11

ii 63

2”: -

-

-

12

13 14

15

16

17

:+T Q+T Q+T

- - -

Q+T -

Q+T

N+T

- 18 Bars, forgings

2s 1570 ( Part 7 ) t 1992


TS-- Pr0dlWt

Bend’) Steel

(1)

19 (2)

Bars, forgings plates

Bars, forgings

(3)

A

20

21

22

Bars, forgings

23

24

25

Bars, forgings


Bars, forgings Seamless pipe

Bars, forgings

Tubes, forgings plates

Q+T

Q+T

Q+T

Q+T

Q+ ‘G Q+ Ta

Q+T

Q

26 Tubes, forgings plates

Q

27 Pipes, ban forginga plates

Q

28 Tubes, platen Q

29 Pipes bars, forgings

30 Pipes, bars, forgings plates

Ql Q¶

Q

31 Bars, forgings pipes

hot cold worked S+P

32 Bars, forgings pipes plates

S+P

Heatl) Tkicknese Hudnesst~ ow Treatment mm RR “Rr*

e-d-* ---- I& her

(4)

0;

05

Up to and ’ Including

(5)

160 25

160 25

75

150

1560

250 250

250

(6) (7) (8) (9) (10) - 265 470 670 20

175-235 420 590 780 16

> 192

0’5

-

3 40

3 30

3 40

3 40

-

s 40

5

0’5

285-331 280-330

255-280 265-310

265-310

490 680

585 770

785 930 785 930

590 780 700 900

750 900

195 490 195 490 40

63

30 50

40 63

-

::

60

100

250

63

- 175 175

- -

- -

-

205 205 205

185 185

175-235

-

155 195

205

‘2::

398

220

490 440

510 490

490 448

E

510 490

600

500

248-341 600 900

Rm4) % MPm Min

‘Mh M&

880

930

1 130 I 130

930 I 050

1 050

%

690 640

710 690

690 710

710 690

808

730

ll60

20

15

$

14 II

10

!8 45

El 45

30

::

30

4:;

30 30

30

3:

25

35

15

A5) KW Max

J

(11) 60

40

25

40

27 20

20

-

55

70

40

Bead’) Test

Lx

( 12)

-

-

11 A = Annealed, N = normalised, Q- quenched, T - tempered, S = solution treated, P - precipitation hardened. HF= hot finished

s) In case of dispute, the tensile strength value is deciding.

s, Rp 0’2 = 0’2 O/e proof st?ess.

4) Rm= tensile strength.

w AP elongation after fracture. In case, of bars the values are valid for test pieces with a gauge length of Lo = 5’65 z/S%( So 3 original cross-sectional area ). In the case of flat products, the values are valid for both test pieces either of 20 mm width and 80 mm gauge length or of 12’5 width and 50 mm gauge length.

sl Average of three test results. One individual value may be below the specified value provided if it is not less than 70% of that value.

‘71 KV = impact energy of V-notch teat pieces.

s) Drnaa = maximum diameter of mandrel, a - thickness of teat piece.

91 For thickness > 63 mm but < 100 mm, the value specified for the thickness range > 40 mm but < 63 mm are lowered by 1% for each 5 mm thickness over 63 mm.

6

Table 4 Proo~Stnss at fievated ‘femperatmrem ( @‘or Gui&ace Oaiy i

( Claus 2.4 )

TJ-JP”

Steel

Product lid’) Thickness Treatment

Rp 92 Mftt in MPa at Temperature ‘C mm ------

‘loo 158 280 250 300 500

(14)

139

550 608 650 700 750 800 ,

(61 (7) (8) (9)

-

187

234

237

172 168 150 169 162 144 158 152 141 148 144 136 200 195 174 192 185 165 182 175 162 170 166 157 176 165 145

223 212 195

232 218 200

240 270 210 259

lack of data

230 220 210 259 248 237 200 192 180 248 235 218

108 261

98 363 630 530 670 630

99 92 85 253 245 236

88 79 78 348 334 330

610 500 635 615 lack of data

330 350 460 440 508 480

235 410

to be agreed upon 246 225 380 345

350

(11) 117 117 117 117 137 137 137 137 111

162

153

169 203 135 184

76 224

76 322

336 400 440

400 450

(12) (13) 115 115 115 115

tz 133 133 109 107

159 156

148 143

(15) 06) (17) (18) (19) (20)

164 161 156 151 146 199 194 188 181 174 130 127 124 120 117 177 168 155 148 135

72 69 218 205

75 74 316 311 525 498 410 380 540 506 525 480

:7: 337; 410 380

205 195 305 285

66

189 167 145

71 290 235 456 350 460 403 435 -

350

185 175 - -

-0lW

(4) 3

16 40 63

1:

48 63

-

-

-

-

108

up to ami Including

(5) 16 40 63

100

3 63

180 40

48

40 60

-

-

900

100 500

- -

(1) (2) 1 Plate

(3) N

2 Plate N

Seamless pipes and pipe with seam

Seamless pipea and pipe with scam

Seamless pipes, bars, forgings ateel plater

Tubes Tubes Steel plates Pipes Plates Bars, forgings Pipes, platea, Bars, forgings Pipes, bars, forgings

HF, N

HF, N

N,N+T Q+T

d 6 7 8 9

10

11

12 Pipes

13 Bars, forgings 14 Bars, forgingr 15 Bars, forgings

16 Bars, forgings 17 Forgings

N+T N+T N+T N+T N + T, N+T, Q+T N+T, N +T N+T, Q+T A N + T, N+T,Q+T A N+T Q+T Q+T Q+ J-1 Q+ T, Q+T N+T

18 Bars, forgings N+T

19 Bars, forginga plates A Bara, forgings plates Q+T

(10) 124 124 124 124 145 145 145 145 122

177

167

183 116 150 192

80

230

77 326 575 468 598 580


_---_-- Rp 0’2 Mist in MPa at Temperature “C ------h -- T”

Steel

Product

(1) 20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

00 29

30

31

32

(2) Bars, forgings

Bara, forgings


Bars, forgings

Seamless pipes

Bars, forgings

Tubes, forgings, plates

Tubes, forgings, plates

Pipes plates bars forgings

Tubes, plates

Pipes bars,

forgings

Pipes bars, forgings, plates

Pipes bars, forgings

Pipes, bars, forgings, plates

Heat’) Treatment

(3)

Q+T

Q+T Q+T Q+ TI Q+ TI

QfT

Q

Q

Q

Q

Ql

QI

Q

Hot cold worked s+p

s+p

Thickness mm

r--.~-- Over

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Up to and’ Including

(5)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

’ 100 150 200

(6) (7) (8)

480 450

575 555

680 655

560 530

650 600

730 700

132 120 109

lack of data

155 144 132

lack of data

107 103 97

148 144 139

171 162 153

383 373

210 195

590 570

250

(91

180

121

94

134

149

306 350

(10) (11)

410

535

650

480

550

655

93 87

113 107

90 85

130 124

139 133

324

176

555

400 450 500 550

(14) (15)

330 -

450 -

505 400

335 280

390 330

470 480

79 78

600 650 700 750 800 ; ID

(12) (13)

380 360

510 480

610 560

420 380

485 440

580 530

84 81

(16) (17) (18) (19) (20) ,”

250

205

258

315

76

101 89 95 92 90 89 88

80 76

119 114

129 125

275 250

157 155

535 520

74 73

111 107

123 122

226 197

152 143

510 498

72

104

120

71

101

70

99

167

137

465 425 375 305 225

1) A E annealed, N = normal&d, Q = quenched, T = tempered, S = Solution, P = precipitation hardened.

Table 5 Heat Treatment11

( Clause 2.2 )

Tzfpe

Steel

Heat Normalisation Treat_ r--_ _----_-h__----.y ment Tempe- Time of Coolings) Svm- rature Y: Holding

0)

1

2

(‘4 (3)

N 900-930

N 890-920

3 and 4

HF, N 880-940

5 N 900-940

N + T 880-930

9 N + T 900-960

., at Trmpe-

rature

(4) (5)

1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air

Thickness of In quiet plate btrt not air less than 20 min

1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air thickness of pipe wall hut not lens than 20 min

1 to 2 min In qlliet per 1 mm air thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min

1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air thickness of plate hut not less than 20 min

1 to 2 min In quiet prr 1 mm air thlckue>s of forging or pipe wall hut not le::s thau “:l !,,ir,

Tempering Stress Relief of Quenching and Tempering --------A-.-- -- Annealing or r_--.--_-- -h_ __.__ -. --7 Tempe- Time of Tempering after Quenching Temperings)

rature Holding Bending or #----A_ - _~ c--_-h---7

“C at Tem- Welding Tempe- Cooling Tempe- Time of rature Holding perature T-_-h___~

Tempe. Time of rature Holding

“C Trmpc- raturc

rat&e “C “C at ‘Tem-

perattIre

(6)

-

(7) (0) 1,‘))

- 600-650 2 min per 1 mm

- - 6OO-GSO Thickness of pla*e but not less than30min

- - 600-6.50 2 min per 1 mm

- - 60~650 Thickcvss of pipe wall bllt not less than 15 min

600-650 1’5 to 2 min 600.6.50 per 1 min thickness of pipe wall

do

600-650 1 to 3 min 600-650 2 min per per 1 min I mm thick- thickness ness but not but not less less than IS than 15 min min

6.10-720 1 to 3 min 660-710 2 min pvr per 1 mm 1 mm thick- thickness ncss hut not hut not 1~ ss Irss thau 15 than 1 ‘> m in miu

(10)

-

-..

-

900-940

-

W-IO-‘WI

(11) (12) (13,

- - -

Oil 6OO-NO - or

water


Type of

Steel

(1)

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Heat Normalisation Tcmpcring Stress Relief of Quenching and Tempering Treat- r-------- _L_________~ ~_.__-__n__-... ~ Annealing or r-_ -_-----A.___,._ _-._ --_ meat Tempr- Time of Tempe- Time of Tempering Sym- rature “C Holding at

Coohugs) rature Holding after Bending

Quenching Ternprrings) _____h--__-_ ---__ *_-___

b&k’)

(2) (3)

N + T 930-980 Q+r

N + T 900-960 Q+T

A __ 850-950

Tempera- ture

“C

(4)

I to 2 min per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min

(5) (6)

For pipes 670-720 in quite air, for forgings of 50 mm thickness in quiet air, above 50 to 100 in compres- sed air and above 100 mm in oil

1 to 2 min per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min

do 650-780

1 to 2 min Air 700-800 I to 3 min 760-820 2 min per per I mm 1 mm thick- thickness ness but not but not less less than 15 than 15 min min

N + T 900-f 000 per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min

Q+T -

Q + T 900-950 - Air

Q+T+ - - - Q+T* - -

Q+T - - -

N + T 940-970 -_ Quiet air

at Trm- perature

(7’

min 3 h

or Welding- ~---_L---~ Tempe- Time of rature Holding

“C Tempe- rature

(8) (9)

688-740 -

1 to 3 min 730-760 2 ruin per per 1 mm 1 mm thick-

thickness ness but not but not less less than 15 than 15 min min

- - - -

380-680 - 480-650 -

- - - - -

- - - -

690-760 - - -

N + 1’ 970-990

&+T 700-780

- Quiet air 680-700 - - -

- Air - - - -

Tempe- rature

“C

(‘0)

975-l 000

930-l 030

-

Cooling’ ‘Tempe- Time of rature Holding

“C at Tem- perature

(11) (12) (13)

Oil 730-750 -

Oil 650-760 - 08.

water

- -

840-870

920-980

Oil 600-700 -

Air 680-740 min 2 h Oil

880-950 Oil 670-720 - 940-970 Oil 600-700 -

- - -

870-900 Oil 600-700 ruin 2 h

950-I 000 Air, 700-750 min 2 h Oil

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

Q+T - Q+T - -

Q+T - -

Q+TI - -

Q+T2 - -

Q+T - -

Q -

Q -

Q -

Q -

g: z Q -

Hot cold - worked at about 750°C

s+p -

s+p -

- - -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

-

- -

-

- -

-

-

-

- - -

-

-

- -

749-780

740-780

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

970-l 020

1 050 f 10

1 035-I 065

1 020-l 070

I 020-l 070

I 109.1 159

9W1199

950-I 109

I 100-l 100

850-l 109

1 070-I 140

950-I 070

950-I 190

1 109-l 150

980f 10

Oil 650-750 min 2 h

Air, 650-700 oil

Oil 600-700

Air, 680-746 oil, water

do 649-790

Air, 670-750 Oil

Oil, - air, water

Air, - water oil

Air, -

$;p;JJ;; ,

Air, water - oil

do -

do -

Air, water - oil

-

-

min2h

min 2 h

min 2 b

-

-

Air, 759-800 - water

Oil, 720 f 10 - water

l Q + Ts would apply to sixes up to 100 mm, Q + Ta to sizes above 100 up to 200 mm.

1) Except in cases where test samples are to be reference heat treated, the indications in this table are for guidance only.

1) A = annealed, N = normalird, P = precipitation hardened, Q = quenched, S = aolution treated, T = tempered.

s) If a stress relief treatment is necessary, the stress relief temperature should be at least 30% lowar than the temperiog temperature.

‘bble 6 Stress Rupture Properties at Eievatd Temperatures ( For Guidance Only )

( Clam.9 2.4 )

=oT He*t Time EmtJmrted Average Stress for Rupture’), IMP=, Temperature “C Treat_ HO-m ----- _ -__--_--_--- e--_-w--w- h-----------__-__-.--~-~-~~-_-____~

Steel mcnt 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 S)%lhOl

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (IO) (11) (12) il3) (14) (15) (161 (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)

1 N 10000 213 197 166 151 138 125 112 and 30000 192 176 tz 147 133 120 lo7

iii ‘ii ;z

67 l 3E

2 50000 183. 167 152 138 125 112 100 77 66 50. :2* 35. JO0 000 171. 155. 141* 127t 114. 102. 90. 78. 67’ 57. 47’ 36. 150000 164’ 149. 134. 121+ 108’ 96, 84’ 73. 62. 52. 41. 29. 200 OCK) 159. 144’ 1305 116. 104’ 92. 80. 69’ 50’ 48. 37’ 23’ 250000 155. 140’ 126* 113’ 101. 89. 77. 66. 55’ 45. 34’

3 N

is 4 N

HF

10000 221 30 000 192 50000 181.

100000 164’ 150 000 153’ 200 000 146. 250 000 1402

201 175 163. 145.

t:S* 3 l

123.

181 164 148 157 140 124 145’ 128. 112. 127. llO+ 940 1195 101. 84’ 111+ 93’ 77’ 1042 86. 72*

132 IOU 97’ 7Y’ 71. 64’ 59.

118 9.t 82. 68. 59. 53. 49.

104 81 701 56’ 48. 44* 401

91 ii: 68 59 51 70 51. 43+ (36)* 5Y* 50* 43. 365 (30)* 46+ 3Y* (33)* 40. (34)* (28)’ - -

(36)* (30)* (33)* (27)* - 1 r

5 N N+T Q+T

8 N+T lack of data

9 N+T Q+T

10 000 30 000 50 000

100 000 15olmu 200 000 250 000

10000 279 30000 251 50 000 237

100000 211, 150000 196. 200 000 185’ 250 000 177.

10000 30 000 50 000

100000 150000 200000 250 000

254 224 206 182*

;i;+ l

156+

229 206 197 174 179 158 157’ 135’ 144. J24* 135+ 114* 127* 106.

fE 137 117. 104. 95+ &8*

163 133 119 100+ 87. 79. 75.

145 117 103 aa+ 75* 692 64’

127 101 88 83+ 66+ 59f 551

298 273 2602 239’

;:g

210+

113 100 88 78 71 88 i: 68 60 (52)

E* 59 (52) (45)

50, (45)’ - - (56). (48)‘. . - - (50)*, - - - - (46)+ - __ - -

273 247 220 196 171 147 244 216 187 150 134 113 229. 208’ 172 144 119 99 208’ 178+ 140* 123+ 101 81 197. J68* 139* JJ4* 91. 74+ 188. 159* 130+ 105* 84’ 69+ lOO+ 151* 124+ lOO+ 68* 65.

304 273 239

267 233 239 207 :z 210 177 146 194* 161+ 132. 180+ 148’ 122* 170* 139’ 114.

209 i69 149 121 108’ 99. 91’

125 102 82 64 93 76 61 49 80

& 48’ (39P - 55+ 45’ (36jS - 52. (42). (33)* -

179 154 129 109 91 76 64 53 44 140 I16 96 79 66 54 44 36 (29) 124 101 82 68 55 45 - - - 99 81 67 54 43 35 - - - 07* 71 57 46 38 (31) - - -

:;: 64. 59. 52+ 48’ 42, 39+ 34+ 32* (28)* (26)* - - - - - -

fS 1570 ( Pmrt 7 ) t 1992

Table 6 ( ronhud ,

Type Hed Tfmt EstIm.tcd Arrngc Strms for RuPawr% MPm, Trmpcr.tmre “C of Tre.t- Holrs ~_--~--_---__---------.----___-----------

stcc, rmC¶lL 380 3% 4oa 410 420 430 440 *----- _____ - _.-_____ ___-________________ ,

4% 4Ml 470 4ao 4% 500 510 520 530 540 55o 560 570 SylUbOl

590 590 6oo 610 620 690 MO 650 660

(I) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (R) (9) (IO) (11) (12) (19) (14) (15) (16) (17) (la) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) ,(29) (30) (91) (92)

610 620 690 640 650 660

IO N+T IO ooo

Q+T 9OCGl 929 268 241 219 198 179 I64 148 194 121 loa 95 78

Mooa 261 292 209 I87 1% I52 195 I21 107 99 80 67 Go)

loOOOO 249 217 193 172 I59 I96 I21 107 92 78 66 - -

15oooo 2la I91 170 I50 191 116 loo a5 72 59 (46). - -

2ooooo 205 179 156 I96 II9 101. 85. 70. 57’ (45). (95). - -

25ilm 194. 169’ 146. 127* 109. 9l* 76. 6l* (48). (37). (28). - -

185* 160* 19w ll9* 1010 890 6a* 54. (42). (92). - - _

I1 A IO ooo 25,* 2368 221. 2% I91 177 I62 I47 199 121 lo8 96 a5 76 68 61

N+T 30000 226* 211 I%* IllI 166 I53 139 126 II9 lol a9 78 70 61 54 48

5oow 211. 197. IaS* 170’ l56* 142. 128. 1160 104 32 a1 71 62 54 47

looooo 1%. 182. &a* 154. 141. l27* IW ,020 99. 70. 69. 59 51 44 (3s). ($

15OOOO 193. l77* 161. 145’. 129. 116’ 109. 91. 79’ 71. 620 54. 46’ 408 (35). Pm*

2oomnl I%* 170. 154. 1980 123. 1100 970 85. 75* 66. 580 50. 49. (97). (92). (28).

25ooflo lal* 165. I49* 132. lla* 1050 99. aI* 72. 69. 54. 47. 40’ (95). (3o).’ (26).

N+T IO 0% 309. 285. 263. 240 219 196 I76 I55 137 122 lo8 % a5 76 68 61

30 ml 276* 2549 239* 219 192 172 I52 194 II8 IO9 90 79 70 61 54 48

Mew 257’ 2%. 217. 197. 1778 I%* l99* 123. l07* 99 80 71 62 54 47 42

Q+T IMIOOO 221. 20). l%’ l70* 159* l97* 122. l07* 93 79 69 59 51 44 (38) (34).

15OKlJ 209. 1920 175. 1%. 141. 126. llO* 95* 82. 73* 638 54* 47 40 (33) (SOP

2wooo 209. I%* 169. 152. 134. 119* 109* 89. 77. 68’ 588 50. 43 (97). (32). (28).

25ooccl I%* laI* 164. 147* I%* 113* 98. 848 749 64* 55. 47. 41. (35)’ (90). (26).

12 A 10 ooo Iai I61 I42 127 I12 99 a6 76 67 58

3oocm

50 (44). (38) 39 28 25

139’ 137. 121. IO,* 90. 79. 69* 60. 520 45. Sa* 99.

5oooa

28’ 25. 228 19.

1470 1270 Ill* 950 a2* 739 620 590 46. 99. 39’ 28. 25* 21. la* (l6)*

IOOWO 131. 119. %* 83. 72* 62* 59. 45* 380 92. 27. 23. 20’ (17). (II). (II)*

1500% 123. 105. 90. 76. 65. 56. 478 408 939 280 24. 21. (17). (15). (19). -

2ooooo 116. 99’ 84. 72* 61. 52’ 44. 97* 91’ 25. 22. 19. (16). (14). - -

2xlrml III. 95. ao* 6a* 5a* 498 41. 340 280 2.50 210 (17). (15p - - -

IO wo 224 199 177 157 198 I21 I04 91 79 69 60

90 ooo

51 ti 3a 33 28 z5

197. 174. 142. IS3 II6 1% a5 74 63 54 46 99 34 29. 26.

Moo0

220 (lap

185. l62* 141. 129. I%* 90. 77’ 67. 57. 47. 41. 33. 29. 25. 19. (la). (16).

moooo 167. 144. 124. I%* 910 780 66. 57e 47. 40. 34* 2a* 248 21

l5OOlW

(17). (15). (12).

156. I%* 117. I%* 85. 74. 62. 52. 43* 36* SO* 30. 25. 22. (la)* (16). (13)

2ooooo 150’ 129. 111. 94. 80. 69. 57* 48. 40* 33’ 27.

2Moml

24’ 20. (17). (II)* - -

145. 125. 1%. 90. 76. 65. 54. 43. 97. 31’ 26* 22. 19. (16). (IS) - -

17 and IO ooo 370 452 434 412 9% 961 991 2% 262 235 210 la5

I8

169 I41

IM)o% 944 374 352 928 309 271 218 219 la7 159 194 II2 94 75

13

IS 157lJ ( Part 7 ) I 1992

Table 6 (confinutd )

VP”

Stnl

(1)

13

14 QfT

I5 QfT

I6

19

Q+T

A

Q+T

20 Q+T

21 Q+r

22 Q+T

23 Q+ TI Q+ T,

24

31

Q+T

Hot Cold

Worked

s+p

32 S+P

Tima liowu

(3)

10 O@l

100000

10 ml lOOMlo

10 000

100000

10000 100000

10 000

lOoOel

10000

10 000

IO 000

100 OI

10 000

IwO%

IO 000

10 co0

lOOOO+l

IO 000

10 wo

355 230 I40

2aa 170 74

lack of data

123 - 29

78 - 25

1wr w, 40’) 80’) 5eJ 25’1

137 36 39

4%

373 289 165 79

221 1% 44

347 245 137

16-S

579 441 324

(a) (9) (10) (II) (12)

478 247

347 136

405 2a2

323 la5

494

371

2%

170

4a0

432

59

109 74 45

196 98

5%

(13)

90

600

(14)

163

93

127

191 123

2w1

12(r) 130’) 75’)

98

2ca

157

102

211

137

274

373

284

69 47

w,

45’)

2%

270

347

215

3%

275

392

460

392

44

92

96

57

103

59

157 69

226

137

191

608 4% 363

(15) (16) (17)

127 68 68 29

I35 ml

216 127

67

14

Table 6 ( roncludtd )

IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992

“‘P’ Hat Time E.tlmnerd Avemge Screw for Rupt.te’,, MPa, T*mper.twe “C Trmt- HO_” _________-_-e-e--- ---- - ------ --- ---* -- - r_ ___ --------.-_-_-_--__-___._____ _____

Steel meat 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 p--7

730 740 750 Symbcw

(1) (21 25 Q

26 Q

27 Q

28 Q

29 Q

Q2

30 Q

(3) IO coo

2Qom

5oow looooa

WJOM)

2oowl

25om

IO CQO

30 OOQ

5olm

lrmooo

15ooim

mooo

25oUoo

(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(i1)(l2l(l3)(1))(15~(~6)(l7~l~8)~lQ1~2") 121) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (.Io) 141) 176 l6& 157. I42 131 122 113 104 95 87 79 73 67 61 55 48

147. 135. 126. llS* 105. 96' 88. 80' 74' 67. 61 55 50 44 (40)' 05).

134. 1239 113. 103. 94. 85. 709 72' 65. 58. 52' 47' 419 (36)* (82)~ (27).

115. 105. 98* 89. 81. 74* 68. 61. 55. 50. 45. (40)' (35). (30). 126)' 123).

108. 99. 89. 81' 748 67* 6O* 54s 49. 43' (39). (34). (30). (36)' (231' (20)'

102. 93. 84' 76* 69. 62. 56. 50' 45. (40)' (35). (31). (27). (24). (21,. -

978 88. 79. 73. 66' 59. 58‘ 478 428 (37). (33). (29). (25). (22,. - -

lack ofdrtn

260 245 228 211 195 179 I64 149 136 123 III 91) 89 8o 74 65 59 53 48 44 39

243 224* 204. 187* 171' 155 139 125 II2 IO0 89 79 72 64 57 51' 46 41 378 33* 30*

226. 208' 192* 175' l58* 142 128 II5 103 91 80 72 63 56* 50 45' 40' 36' 32. 29. (26). 1%' ,800 160' 147* 132. 118; 106. 96' 86* 76* 69. 6Q* 53. 46' 41* 37' 33; 30* 27* (25,' (?3)*

l87* 171. l52* 139. l24* 110' 97. 86. 76. 68* 60. 53. 47' 41* 36; 3L* 28' (25). (24). (2,). -

l8l* l65* 146' 1339 116' 103. 91. 8o* 71. 63. 56* 498 43* 38* 33' 29. (26)' (24)* (22)* (20)* -

1768 159' 14V 1279 110' 97. 86* 76. 67. 59' 52* 46* 40* 35* 31' 28' (25)' (23)* (21)' (19;* -

Iackofdata

197 182 170 157 145 134 124 II4 lo4 95 86 77 (70)' (63)

167' I.54 I42 130 120 109 99 90 82 75 (67)' (60,. (53)' (47)*

1548 142. l3O* 120. 110' 100' 91* 828 75* (67)' (6U)' (54)* (47). (42).

137' 126. ll6* 1%. 97* 88' 788 71. (64). (57). (50). (44)' (39). (3~

130* 119‘ 1o9* 99* 89* 80. 73. (65). (57). (XX* (44)* (38,' (33)* -

125. 113* 103. 93. 84' 76' (68)* (60)' (53). (46)' (4O)* (35). (30). -

120' iOQ* 99. 89* 800 72. (64)' (57). (50). (43;* (37); (32)' - -

I85 170 156 142 130 120 II0 lol 92 82 74 65 (S7,* (48)*

154. 141 128 118 107 98 88 79 71 61 (53)' (46) (40)* (34)*

l39* 127* ll7* l07* 978 87* 77. 698 6O* (52)' (44). (37). (37)* (27)*

l23* ll2* lO2* 92* 8L* 74* 64' (55). (47). (40,' (36). (31)' (27). (23)'

112' 102. 93* 83' 738 64. 55* (47)' (41)* (35)' (30)* - - -

106' 968 86* 76* 67* 589 (50)* (43,* (37). (32)' (27)' - - -

lOI* 92. 818 72' 62. (54). (46). (40)' (34). (29)' - - - -

243 228 215 2M) 186 173 159 146 134 I24 II4 104 95 86 77 69 61 54 46

210. Isa I84 172 I59 I46 133 123 112 102 92 83 74 66 58 51 44 38 (33)

1%. 185. 172. 159' 146 133 123 III IO1 91 82 74 66 58 5, +I 39 (33)' (28)

l8,* 168' 154. 142. 129' 118 106 96 86 77 69 61 53 46 40' 35. (30)' (25). (22).

l7l* l58* 145' 132' 121' 109. 98* 88* 7')* 76. 639 55. 48' 42' 36' (32). (28)* (24). -

1609 l5,* 138' 1279 ll4* 103* 938 831 75' 66* 58* 51. 4t* 38. (33)' (29)' r25i* r22)* -

159' 146. 133' 122. 110' 99* 88. 79' 71* 63' 55. 48. 41 36* (31)' (271' - - ,25,*


BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau ofIndian Standards Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.


Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.

This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot : No. MTD 16 ( 3335 ).


Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected

-


Headquarters:

Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones : 323 01 31. 323 94 02, 323 33 75

Telegrams: Manaksanstha ( Common to

all offices )

Regional Offices: Telephone


I 323 76 17 323 3841

Eastern : l/l4 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Maniktola CALCUTTA 700054


Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113

337 84 99, 337 85 61 337 86 26, 337 86 62

( 60 38 43 60 20 25

I

23502 16,2350442 2351519,2352315

Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) MUMBAI 400093

8329295,8327858 832.1891,8327892

Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.

Pnntcd at New India Printing Press, Khurja, India

is 1570

Documents

significant

statutory

ahmedabad

indian tool

metals division

promote harmonious

bo b2 b4

indian automobile